|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | AN ACT concerning education. |
| 2 | | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, |
| 3 | | represented in the General Assembly: |
| 4 | | Section 5. The State Finance Act is amended by changing |
| 5 | | Section 5.375 as follows: |
| 6 | | (30 ILCS 105/5.375) |
| 7 | | Sec. 5.375. The Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee |
| 8 | | Revolving Fund. |
| 9 | | (Source: P.A. 88-224; 88-670, eff. 12-2-94.) |
| 10 | | Section 10. The School Code is amended by changing |
| 11 | | Sections 1A-10, 2-3.11c, 2-3.25g, 2-3.39, 2-3.44, 2-3.45, |
| 12 | | 2-3.65a, 2-3.159, 3-7, 3-15.12, 10-17, 10-17a, 10-20.44, |
| 13 | | 10-20.52, 10-22.43, 10-22.43a, 14-7.02, 18-8.15, 21B-10, |
| 14 | | 21B-15, 21B-20, 21B-30, 21B-32, 21B-35, 21B-40, 22-30, 24A-20, |
| 15 | | 26A-20, 26A-25, 26A-35, 27-225, 27-605, 27-1070, 27A-6, 27A-9, |
| 16 | | 30-15.25, 34-1.01, 34-18, and 34-18.44 as follows: |
| 17 | | (105 ILCS 5/1A-10) |
| 18 | | Sec. 1A-10. Departments of Board. The State Board of |
| 19 | | Education shall have, without limitation, the following |
| 20 | | departments within the Board: |
| 21 | | (1) Educator Effectiveness. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 2 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (2) Improvement and Innovation. |
| 2 | | (3) Fiscal Support Services. |
| 3 | | (4) (Blank). |
| 4 | | (5) Internal Auditor. |
| 5 | | (6) Human Resources. |
| 6 | | (7) Legal. |
| 7 | | (8) Special Education, Nutrition, and Wellness. |
| 8 | | (9) Multilingual or Language Development and Early |
| 9 | | Childhood Development. |
| 10 | | The State Board of Education may add, remove, or otherwise |
| 11 | | change any departments or functions of to the Board that it |
| 12 | | deems appropriate and consistent with Illinois law. |
| 13 | | (Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 14 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.11c) |
| 15 | | Sec. 2-3.11c. Teacher supply and demand report. Through |
| 16 | | January 1, 2009, to report annually, on or before January 1, on |
| 17 | | the relative supply and demand for education staff of the |
| 18 | | public schools to the Governor, to the General Assembly, and |
| 19 | | to institutions of higher education that prepare teachers, |
| 20 | | administrators, school service personnel, other certificated |
| 21 | | individuals, and other professionals employed by school |
| 22 | | districts or joint agreements. After the report due on January |
| 23 | | 1, 2009 is submitted, future reports through January 1, 2024 |
| 24 | | shall be submitted once every 3 years, with the first report |
| 25 | | being submitted on or before January 1, 2012. After the report |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 3 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | due on January 1, 2024 is submitted, future reports shall be |
| 2 | | submitted once every 3 years, with the first report being |
| 3 | | submitted on or before March 31, 2027. The report shall |
| 4 | | contain the following information: |
| 5 | | (1) the relative supply and demand for teachers, |
| 6 | | administrators, and other certificated and |
| 7 | | non-certificated personnel by field, content area, and |
| 8 | | levels; |
| 9 | | (2) State and regional analyses of fields, content |
| 10 | | areas, and levels with an over-supply or under-supply of |
| 11 | | educators; and |
| 12 | | (3) projections of likely high demand and low demand |
| 13 | | for educators, in a manner sufficient to advise the |
| 14 | | public, individuals, and institutions regarding career |
| 15 | | opportunities in education. |
| 16 | | (Source: P.A. 96-734, eff. 8-25-09; 97-256, eff. 1-1-12.) |
| 17 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g) |
| 18 | | Sec. 2-3.25g. Waiver or modification of mandates within |
| 19 | | the School Code and administrative rules and regulations. |
| 20 | | (a) In this Section: |
| 21 | | "Board" means a school board or the governing board or |
| 22 | | administrative district, as the case may be, for a joint |
| 23 | | agreement. |
| 24 | | "Eligible applicant" means a school district, joint |
| 25 | | agreement made up of school districts, or regional |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 4 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | superintendent of schools on behalf of schools and |
| 2 | | programs operated by the regional office of education, or |
| 3 | | executive director of an intermediate service center on |
| 4 | | behalf of the schools and programs operated by the |
| 5 | | intermediate service center. |
| 6 | | "Implementation date" has the meaning set forth in |
| 7 | | Section 24A-2.5 of this Code. |
| 8 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
| 9 | | (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this School |
| 10 | | Code or any other law of this State to the contrary, eligible |
| 11 | | applicants may petition the State Board of Education for the |
| 12 | | waiver or modification of the mandates of this School Code or |
| 13 | | of the administrative rules and regulations promulgated by the |
| 14 | | State Board of Education. Waivers or modifications of |
| 15 | | administrative rules and regulations and modifications of |
| 16 | | mandates of this School Code may be requested when an eligible |
| 17 | | applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the |
| 18 | | rule or mandate in a more effective, efficient, or economical |
| 19 | | manner or when necessary to stimulate innovation or improve |
| 20 | | student performance. Waivers of mandates of the School Code |
| 21 | | may be requested when the waivers are necessary to stimulate |
| 22 | | innovation or improve student performance or when the |
| 23 | | applicant demonstrates that it can address the intent of the |
| 24 | | mandate of the School Code in a more effective, efficient, or |
| 25 | | economical manner. Waivers may not be requested from laws, |
| 26 | | rules, and regulations pertaining to special education, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 5 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | teacher educator licensure, or teacher tenure and seniority, |
| 2 | | or Section 5-2.1 of this Code or from compliance with the Every |
| 3 | | Student Succeeds Act (Public Law 114-95). Eligible applicants |
| 4 | | may not seek a waiver or seek a modification of a mandate |
| 5 | | regarding the requirements for (i) student performance data to |
| 6 | | be a significant factor in teacher or principal evaluations or |
| 7 | | (ii) teachers and principals to be rated using the 4 |
| 8 | | categories of "excellent", "proficient", "needs improvement", |
| 9 | | or "unsatisfactory". On September 1, 2014, any previously |
| 10 | | authorized waiver or modification from such requirements shall |
| 11 | | terminate. |
| 12 | | (c) Eligible applicants, as a matter of inherent |
| 13 | | managerial policy, and any Independent Authority established |
| 14 | | under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this Code may submit an application |
| 15 | | for a waiver or modification authorized under this Section. |
| 16 | | Each application must include a written request by the |
| 17 | | eligible applicant or Independent Authority and must |
| 18 | | demonstrate that the intent of the mandate can be addressed in |
| 19 | | a more effective, efficient, or economical manner or be based |
| 20 | | upon a specific plan for improved student performance and |
| 21 | | school improvement. Any eligible applicant requesting a waiver |
| 22 | | or modification for the reason that intent of the mandate can |
| 23 | | be addressed in a more economical manner shall include in the |
| 24 | | application a fiscal analysis showing current expenditures on |
| 25 | | the mandate and projected savings resulting from the waiver or |
| 26 | | modification. Applications and plans developed by eligible |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 6 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | applicants must be approved by the board, or regional |
| 2 | | superintendent of schools applying on behalf of schools or |
| 3 | | programs operated by the regional office of education, or |
| 4 | | executive director applying on behalf of schools or programs |
| 5 | | operated by the intermediate service center following a public |
| 6 | | hearing on the application and plan and the opportunity for |
| 7 | | the board, or regional superintendent, or executive director |
| 8 | | to hear testimony from staff directly involved in its |
| 9 | | implementation, parents, and students. The time period for |
| 10 | | such testimony shall be separate from the time period |
| 11 | | established by the eligible applicant for public comment on |
| 12 | | other matters. |
| 13 | | (c-5) For an If the applicant that is a school district, |
| 14 | | then the district shall post information that sets forth the |
| 15 | | time, date, place, and general subject matter of the public |
| 16 | | hearing on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the |
| 17 | | hearing. If the district is requesting to increase the fee |
| 18 | | charged for driver education authorized pursuant to Section |
| 19 | | 27-815 of this Code, the website information shall include the |
| 20 | | proposed amount of the fee the district will request. The |
| 21 | | district All school districts must publish a notice of the |
| 22 | | public hearing at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a |
| 23 | | newspaper of general circulation within the school district |
| 24 | | that sets forth the time, date, place, and general subject |
| 25 | | matter of the hearing. A district Districts requesting to |
| 26 | | increase the fee charged for driver education shall include in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 7 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the published notice the proposed amount of the fee the |
| 2 | | district will request. The district shall notify, either |
| 3 | | electronically or in writing, the affected exclusive |
| 4 | | collective bargaining agents, if applicable, and those State |
| 5 | | legislators representing the district's territory of its |
| 6 | | intent to seek approval of a waiver or modification and of the |
| 7 | | public hearing to be held to take testimony from staff at least |
| 8 | | 7 days prior to the date of the public hearing, and those |
| 9 | | exclusive bargaining agents and State legislators shall be |
| 10 | | allowed to attend the public hearing. The application as |
| 11 | | submitted to the State Board of Education shall include a |
| 12 | | description of the public hearing. The description shall |
| 13 | | include, but need not be limited to, the means of notice, the |
| 14 | | number of people in attendance, the number of people who spoke |
| 15 | | as proponents or opponents of the waiver or modification, a |
| 16 | | brief description of their comments, whether there were any |
| 17 | | written statements submitted, and the school board's |
| 18 | | resolution. |
| 19 | | (c-10) For an If the applicant that is a joint agreement, |
| 20 | | or regional superintendent, or executive director, then the |
| 21 | | joint agreement, or regional superintendent, or executive |
| 22 | | director shall post information that sets forth the time, |
| 23 | | date, place, and general subject matter of the public hearing |
| 24 | | on its Internet website at least 14 days prior to the hearing. |
| 25 | | If the joint agreement, or regional superintendent, or |
| 26 | | executive director is requesting to increase the fee charged |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 8 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for driver education authorized pursuant to Section 27-815 of |
| 2 | | this Code, the website information shall include the proposed |
| 3 | | amount of the fee the applicant will request. The All joint |
| 4 | | agreement, agreements and regional superintendent, or |
| 5 | | executive director superintendents must publish a notice of |
| 6 | | the public hearing at least 7 days prior to the hearing in a |
| 7 | | newspaper of general circulation in each school district that |
| 8 | | is a member of the joint agreement or that is served by the |
| 9 | | educational service region that sets forth the time, date, |
| 10 | | place, and general subject matter of the hearing, provided |
| 11 | | that a notice appearing in a newspaper generally circulated in |
| 12 | | more than one school district shall be deemed to fulfill this |
| 13 | | requirement with respect to all of the affected districts. A |
| 14 | | joint agreement, Joint agreements or regional superintendent, |
| 15 | | or executive director superintendents requesting to increase |
| 16 | | the fee charged for driver education shall include in the |
| 17 | | published notice the proposed amount of the fee the applicant |
| 18 | | will request. The joint agreement, regional superintendent, or |
| 19 | | executive director eligible applicant must notify, either |
| 20 | | electronically or in writing, the affected exclusive |
| 21 | | collective bargaining agents, if applicable, agent and those |
| 22 | | State legislators representing the eligible applicant's |
| 23 | | territory of its intent to seek approval of a waiver or |
| 24 | | modification and of the hearing to be held to take testimony |
| 25 | | from staff. The affected exclusive collective bargaining |
| 26 | | agents shall be notified of such public hearing at least 7 days |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 9 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | prior to the date of the public hearing, and those exclusive |
| 2 | | collective bargaining agents and State legislators shall be |
| 3 | | allowed to attend such public hearing. The application as |
| 4 | | submitted to the State Board of Education shall include a |
| 5 | | description of the public hearing. The description shall |
| 6 | | include, but need not be limited to, the means of notice, the |
| 7 | | number of people in attendance, the number of people who spoke |
| 8 | | as proponents or opponents of the waiver or modification, a |
| 9 | | brief description of their comments, and whether there were |
| 10 | | any written statements submitted. The eligible applicant shall |
| 11 | | attest to compliance with all of the notification and |
| 12 | | procedural requirements set forth in this Section. |
| 13 | | (d) A request for a waiver or modification of |
| 14 | | administrative rules and regulations or for a modification of |
| 15 | | mandates contained in this School Code shall be submitted to |
| 16 | | the State Board of Education within 15 days after approval by |
| 17 | | the board or regional superintendent of schools. The |
| 18 | | application as submitted to the State Board of Education shall |
| 19 | | include a description of the public hearing. Following receipt |
| 20 | | of the waiver or modification request, the State Board shall |
| 21 | | have 45 days to review the application and request. If the |
| 22 | | State Board fails to disapprove the application within that |
| 23 | | 45-day period, the waiver or modification shall be deemed |
| 24 | | granted. The State Board may disapprove any request if it is |
| 25 | | not based upon sound educational practices, endangers the |
| 26 | | health or safety of students or staff, compromises equal |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 10 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | opportunities for learning, or fails to demonstrate that the |
| 2 | | intent of the rule or mandate can be addressed in a more |
| 3 | | effective, efficient, or economical manner or have improved |
| 4 | | student performance as a primary goal. Any request disapproved |
| 5 | | by the State Board may be appealed to the General Assembly by |
| 6 | | the eligible applicant as outlined in this Section. |
| 7 | | A request for a waiver from mandates contained in this |
| 8 | | School Code shall be submitted to the State Board within 15 |
| 9 | | days after approval by the board or regional superintendent of |
| 10 | | schools or executive director. The application as submitted to |
| 11 | | the State Board of Education shall include a description of |
| 12 | | the public hearing. The description shall include, but need |
| 13 | | not be limited to, the means of notice, the number of people in |
| 14 | | attendance, the number of people who spoke as proponents or |
| 15 | | opponents of the waiver, a brief description of their |
| 16 | | comments, and whether there were any written statements |
| 17 | | submitted. The State Board shall review the applications and |
| 18 | | requests for compliance with this Section and the applicable |
| 19 | | administrative rules under Title 23 of the Illinois |
| 20 | | Administrative Code completeness and shall compile the |
| 21 | | requests in reports to be filed with the General Assembly. The |
| 22 | | State Board shall file reports outlining the waivers requested |
| 23 | | by eligible applicants and appeals by eligible applicants of |
| 24 | | requests disapproved by the State Board with the Senate and |
| 25 | | the House of Representatives before each March 1 and October |
| 26 | | 1. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 11 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The report shall be reviewed by a panel of 4 members |
| 2 | | consisting of: |
| 3 | | (1) the Speaker of the House of Representatives; |
| 4 | | (2) the Minority Leader of the House of |
| 5 | | Representatives; |
| 6 | | (3) the President of the Senate; and |
| 7 | | (4) the Minority Leader of the Senate. |
| 8 | | The State Board of Education may provide the panel |
| 9 | | recommendations on waiver requests. The members of the panel |
| 10 | | shall review the report submitted by the State Board of |
| 11 | | Education and submit to the State Board of Education any |
| 12 | | notice of further consideration to any waiver request within |
| 13 | | 14 days after the member receives the report. If 3 or more of |
| 14 | | the panel members submit a notice of further consideration to |
| 15 | | any waiver request contained within the report, the State |
| 16 | | Board of Education shall submit the waiver request to the |
| 17 | | General Assembly for consideration. If less than 3 panel |
| 18 | | members submit a notice of further consideration to a waiver |
| 19 | | request, the waiver may be approved, denied, or modified by |
| 20 | | the State Board. If the State Board does not act on a waiver |
| 21 | | request within 10 days, then the waiver request is approved. |
| 22 | | If the waiver request is denied by the State Board, it shall |
| 23 | | submit the waiver request to the General Assembly for |
| 24 | | consideration. |
| 25 | | The General Assembly may disapprove any waiver request |
| 26 | | submitted to the General Assembly pursuant to this subsection |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 12 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (d) in whole or in part within 60 calendar days after each |
| 2 | | house of the General Assembly next convenes after the waiver |
| 3 | | request is submitted by adoption of a resolution by a record |
| 4 | | vote of the majority of members elected in each house. If the |
| 5 | | General Assembly fails to disapprove any waiver request or |
| 6 | | appealed request within such 60-day period, the waiver or |
| 7 | | modification shall be deemed granted. Any resolution adopted |
| 8 | | by the General Assembly disapproving a report of the State |
| 9 | | Board in whole or in part shall be binding on the State Board. |
| 10 | | (e) An approved waiver or modification may remain in |
| 11 | | effect for a period not to exceed 5 school years and may be |
| 12 | | renewed upon application by the eligible applicant. Once a |
| 13 | | waiver or modification has been approved, no changes may be |
| 14 | | made to the approved waiver or modification during the term of |
| 15 | | the waiver or modification. A waiver or modification that has |
| 16 | | been approved may be rescinded by the entity that applied for |
| 17 | | the waiver or modification by providing written notice to the |
| 18 | | State Board of Education and, for a school district, after |
| 19 | | receiving school board approval. The notice of rescission must |
| 20 | | state the date the rescission is effective. However, such |
| 21 | | waiver or modification may be changed within that 5-year |
| 22 | | period by a board or regional superintendent of schools |
| 23 | | applying on behalf of schools or programs operated by the |
| 24 | | regional office of education following the procedure as set |
| 25 | | forth in this Section for the initial waiver or modification |
| 26 | | request. If neither the State Board of Education nor the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 13 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | General Assembly disapproves, the change is deemed granted. |
| 2 | | (f) (Blank). |
| 3 | | (Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 4 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.39) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.39) |
| 5 | | Sec. 2-3.39. Department of Transitional Bilingual |
| 6 | | Education. To establish a Department of Transitional Bilingual |
| 7 | | Education. In selecting staff for the Department of |
| 8 | | Transitional Bilingual Education the State Board of Education |
| 9 | | shall give preference to persons who are natives of foreign |
| 10 | | countries other than the United States where languages to be |
| 11 | | used in transitional bilingual education programs are the |
| 12 | | predominant languages. The Department of Transitional |
| 13 | | Bilingual Education has the power and duty to: |
| 14 | | (1) Administer and enforce the provisions of Article |
| 15 | | 14C of this Code including the power to promulgate any |
| 16 | | necessary rules and regulations. |
| 17 | | (2) Study, review, and evaluate all available |
| 18 | | resources and programs that, in whole or in part, are or |
| 19 | | could be directed towards meeting the language capability |
| 20 | | needs of child English learners and adult English learners |
| 21 | | residing in the State. |
| 22 | | (3) Gather information about the theory and practice |
| 23 | | of bilingual education in this State and elsewhere, and |
| 24 | | encourage experimentation and innovation in the field of |
| 25 | | bilingual education. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 14 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (4) Provide for the maximum practical involvement of |
| 2 | | parents of bilingual children, transitional bilingual |
| 3 | | education teachers, representatives of community groups, |
| 4 | | educators, and laymen knowledgeable in the field of |
| 5 | | bilingual education in the formulation of policy and |
| 6 | | procedures relating to the administration of Article 14C |
| 7 | | of this Code. |
| 8 | | (5) Consult with other public departments and |
| 9 | | agencies, including but not limited to the Department of |
| 10 | | Community Affairs, the Department of Public Welfare, the |
| 11 | | Division of Employment Security, the Commission Against |
| 12 | | Discrimination, and the United States Department of |
| 13 | | Health, Education, and Welfare in connection with the |
| 14 | | administration of Article 14C of this Code. |
| 15 | | (6) Make recommendations in the areas of preservice |
| 16 | | and in-service training for transitional bilingual |
| 17 | | education teachers, curriculum development, testing and |
| 18 | | testing mechanisms, and the development of materials for |
| 19 | | transitional bilingual education programs. |
| 20 | | (7) Undertake any further activities which may assist |
| 21 | | in the full implementation of Article 14C of this Code and |
| 22 | | to make an annual report to the General Assembly to |
| 23 | | include an evaluation of the program, the need for |
| 24 | | continuing such a program, and recommendations for |
| 25 | | improvement. |
| 26 | | The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 15 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | shall be satisfied by filing copies of the report as |
| 2 | | required by Section 3.1 of the General Assembly |
| 3 | | Organization Act, and filing such additional copies with |
| 4 | | the State Government Report Distribution Center for the |
| 5 | | General Assembly as is required under paragraph (t) of |
| 6 | | Section 7 of the State Library Act. |
| 7 | | (Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15; 100-1148, eff. 12-10-18.) |
| 8 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.44) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.44) |
| 9 | | Sec. 2-3.44. Community-based heritage language Ethnic |
| 10 | | school program standards. To establish minimum standards for |
| 11 | | world foreign language instruction in community-based heritage |
| 12 | | language ethnic schools. Such standards shall seek to ensure |
| 13 | | insure that the level of world foreign language instruction in |
| 14 | | the community-based heritage language ethnic school is at |
| 15 | | least as high as the level of world foreign language |
| 16 | | instruction in public high schools. A community-based heritage |
| 17 | | language An ethnic school is a part-time part time private |
| 18 | | school that which teaches the world foreign language of a |
| 19 | | particular language community, ethnic group as well as the |
| 20 | | culture, geography, history, and other aspects of a particular |
| 21 | | language community ethnic group. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 83-1362.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.45) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.45) |
| 24 | | Sec. 2-3.45. Approval of community-based heritage language |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 16 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | ethnic schools instruction. To approve community-based |
| 2 | | heritage language ethnic schools programs for the purpose of |
| 3 | | teaching a world foreign language if such programs meet the |
| 4 | | minimum standards established for such programs by the State |
| 5 | | Board of Education. The Board shall consider for approval only |
| 6 | | those community-based heritage language ethnic schools that |
| 7 | | which voluntarily apply to the Board for approval. |
| 8 | | (Source: P.A. 83-1362.) |
| 9 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.65a) |
| 10 | | Sec. 2-3.65a. Arts and world foreign language education |
| 11 | | grant program. There is created an arts and world foreign |
| 12 | | language education grant program to fund arts education and |
| 13 | | world foreign language education programs in the public |
| 14 | | schools, subject to appropriation to the State Board of |
| 15 | | Education. The grants shall be for the purpose of supporting |
| 16 | | arts and world foreign language education in the schools, with |
| 17 | | an emphasis on ensuring that art and world foreign language |
| 18 | | courses are available as part of a school's core curriculum. |
| 19 | | The State Board of Education shall enter into an agreement |
| 20 | | with the Illinois Arts Council to cooperate in administering |
| 21 | | and awarding grants under the program. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 94-835, eff. 6-6-06.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.159) |
| 24 | | Sec. 2-3.159. State Seal of Biliteracy. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 17 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (a) In this Section, "language other than English" or |
| 2 | | "world language" "foreign language" means any language other |
| 3 | | than English, including all modern languages, Latin, American |
| 4 | | Sign Language, Native American languages, and any other native |
| 5 | | languages spoken by an individual whose first language is not |
| 6 | | English. |
| 7 | | (b) The State Seal of Biliteracy program is established to |
| 8 | | recognize public and non-public high school graduates who have |
| 9 | | attained a high level of proficiency in one or more languages |
| 10 | | in addition to English. School district and non-public school |
| 11 | | participation in this program is voluntary. |
| 12 | | (c) The purposes of the State Seal of Biliteracy are as |
| 13 | | follows: |
| 14 | | (1) To encourage pupils to study languages. |
| 15 | | (2) To certify attainment of biliteracy. |
| 16 | | (3) To provide employers with a method of identifying |
| 17 | | people with language and biliteracy skills. |
| 18 | | (4) To provide universities with an additional method |
| 19 | | to recognize applicants seeking admission. |
| 20 | | (5) To prepare pupils with 21st century skills. |
| 21 | | (6) To recognize the value of foreign language other |
| 22 | | than English and native language instruction in public and |
| 23 | | non-public schools. |
| 24 | | (7) To strengthen intergroup relationships, affirm the |
| 25 | | value of diversity, and honor the multiple cultures and |
| 26 | | languages of a community. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 18 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (d) The State Seal of Biliteracy certifies attainment of a |
| 2 | | high level of proficiency, sufficient for meaningful use in |
| 3 | | college and a career, by a graduating public or non-public |
| 4 | | high school pupil in one or more languages in addition to |
| 5 | | English. |
| 6 | | (e) The State Board of Education shall adopt such rules as |
| 7 | | may be necessary to establish the criteria that pupils must |
| 8 | | achieve to earn a State Seal of Biliteracy, which may include |
| 9 | | without limitation attainment of units of credit in English |
| 10 | | language arts and languages other than English and passage of |
| 11 | | such assessments of foreign language proficiency in a language |
| 12 | | other than English as may be approved by the State Board of |
| 13 | | Education for this purpose. These rules shall ensure that the |
| 14 | | criteria that pupils must achieve to earn a State Seal of |
| 15 | | Biliteracy meet the course credit criteria established under |
| 16 | | subsection (i) of this Section. |
| 17 | | (e-5) To demonstrate sufficient English language |
| 18 | | proficiency for eligibility to receive a State Seal of |
| 19 | | Biliteracy under this Section, the State Board of Education |
| 20 | | shall allow a pupil to provide his or her school district with |
| 21 | | evidence of completion of any of the following, in accordance |
| 22 | | with guidelines for proficiency adopted by the State Board: |
| 23 | | (1) An AP (Advanced Placement) English Language and |
| 24 | | Composition Exam. |
| 25 | | (2) An English language arts dual credit course. |
| 26 | | (3) Transitional coursework in English language arts |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 19 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | articulated in partnership with a public community college |
| 2 | | as an ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) College and Career |
| 3 | | Readiness Indicator. |
| 4 | | (f) The State Board of Education shall do both of the |
| 5 | | following: |
| 6 | | (1) Prepare and deliver to participating school |
| 7 | | districts and non-public schools an appropriate mechanism |
| 8 | | for designating the State Seal of Biliteracy on the |
| 9 | | diploma and transcript of the pupil indicating that the |
| 10 | | pupil has been awarded a State Seal of Biliteracy by the |
| 11 | | State Board of Education. |
| 12 | | (2) Provide other information the State Board of |
| 13 | | Education deems necessary for school districts and |
| 14 | | non-public schools to successfully participate in the |
| 15 | | program. |
| 16 | | (g) A school district or non-public school that |
| 17 | | participates in the program under this Section shall do both |
| 18 | | of the following: |
| 19 | | (1) Maintain appropriate records in order to identify |
| 20 | | pupils who have earned a State Seal of Biliteracy. |
| 21 | | (2) Make the appropriate designation on the diploma |
| 22 | | and transcript of each pupil who earns a State Seal of |
| 23 | | Biliteracy. |
| 24 | | (h) No fee shall be charged to a pupil to receive the |
| 25 | | designation pursuant to this Section. Notwithstanding this |
| 26 | | prohibition, costs may be incurred by the pupil in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 20 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | demonstrating proficiency, including without limitation any |
| 2 | | assessments required under subsection (e) of this Section. |
| 3 | | (i) For admissions purposes, each public university in |
| 4 | | this State shall accept the State Seal of Biliteracy as |
| 5 | | equivalent to 2 years of world foreign language coursework |
| 6 | | taken during high school if a student's high school transcript |
| 7 | | indicates that he or she will be receiving or has received the |
| 8 | | State Seal of Biliteracy. |
| 9 | | (j) Each public community college and public university in |
| 10 | | this State shall establish criteria to translate a State Seal |
| 11 | | of Biliteracy into course credit based on world foreign |
| 12 | | language course equivalencies identified by the community |
| 13 | | college's or university's faculty and staff and, upon request |
| 14 | | from an enrolled student, the community college or university |
| 15 | | shall award world foreign language course credit to a student |
| 16 | | who has received a State Seal of Biliteracy. Students enrolled |
| 17 | | in a public community college or public university who have |
| 18 | | received a State Seal of Biliteracy must request course credit |
| 19 | | for their seal within 3 academic years after graduating from |
| 20 | | high school. |
| 21 | | (Source: P.A. 101-222, eff. 1-1-20; 101-503, eff. 8-23-19; |
| 22 | | 102-558, eff. 8-20-21.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/3-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 3-7) |
| 24 | | Sec. 3-7. Failure to prepare and forward information. If |
| 25 | | the trustees of schools of any township in Class II county |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 21 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | school units, or any school district which forms a part of a |
| 2 | | Class II county school unit but which is not subject to the |
| 3 | | jurisdiction of the trustees of schools of any township in |
| 4 | | which such district is located, or any school district in any |
| 5 | | Class I county school units fail to prepare and forward or |
| 6 | | cause to be prepared and forwarded to the regional |
| 7 | | superintendent of schools, reports required by this Act, the |
| 8 | | regional superintendent of schools shall furnish such |
| 9 | | information or he shall employ a person or persons to furnish |
| 10 | | such information, as far as practicable. Such person shall |
| 11 | | have access to the books, records and papers of the school |
| 12 | | district to enable him or them to prepare such reports, and the |
| 13 | | school district shall permit such person or persons to examine |
| 14 | | such books, records and papers at such time and such place as |
| 15 | | such person or persons may desire for the purpose aforesaid. |
| 16 | | For such services the regional superintendent of schools shall |
| 17 | | bill the district an amount to cover the cost of preparation of |
| 18 | | such reports if he employs a person to prepare such reports. |
| 19 | | Each school district shall, as of June 30 of each year, |
| 20 | | cause an audit of its accounts to be made by a person lawfully |
| 21 | | qualified to practice public accounting as regulated by the |
| 22 | | Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such audit shall include |
| 23 | | financial statements of the district applicable to the type of |
| 24 | | records required by other sections of this Act and in addition |
| 25 | | shall set forth the scope of audit and shall include the |
| 26 | | professional opinion signed by the auditor, or if such an |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 22 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | opinion is denied by the auditor, shall set forth the reasons |
| 2 | | for such denial. |
| 3 | | The auditing firm for each school district shall file with |
| 4 | | the State Board of Education the Annual Financial Report and |
| 5 | | audit, as required by the rules of the State Board of |
| 6 | | Education. Such reports shall be filed no later than October |
| 7 | | 15 following the end of each fiscal year. The auditing firm may |
| 8 | | request an extension of up to 60 days from the State Board of |
| 9 | | Education. |
| 10 | | Within 30 days after receipt of the completed audit |
| 11 | | report, each Each school district shall, on or before October |
| 12 | | 15 of each year, submit one copy of the Annual Financial Report |
| 13 | | and its audit to the regional superintendent of schools in the |
| 14 | | educational service region having jurisdiction. Each regional |
| 15 | | superintendent of schools shall determine and communicate to |
| 16 | | school districts the preferred format, paper or electronic, |
| 17 | | for the submission. |
| 18 | | Each school district that is the administrative district |
| 19 | | for several school districts operating under a joint agreement |
| 20 | | as authorized by this Act shall, as of June 30 each year, cause |
| 21 | | an audit of the accounts of the joint agreement to be made by a |
| 22 | | person lawfully qualified to practice public accounting as |
| 23 | | regulated by the Illinois Public Accounting Act. Such audit |
| 24 | | shall include financial statements of the operation of the |
| 25 | | joint agreement applicable to the type of records required by |
| 26 | | this Act and, in addition, shall set forth the scope of the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 23 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | audit and shall include the professional opinion signed by the |
| 2 | | auditor, or if such an opinion is denied, the auditor shall set |
| 3 | | forth the reason for such denial. |
| 4 | | The auditing firm for each joint agreement shall file with |
| 5 | | the State Board of Education the Annual Financial Report and |
| 6 | | audit, as required by the rules of the State Board of |
| 7 | | Education. Such reports shall be filed no later than October |
| 8 | | 15 following the end of each fiscal year. The auditing firm may |
| 9 | | request an extension of up to 60 days from the State Board of |
| 10 | | Education. |
| 11 | | Within 30 days after receipt of the completed audit |
| 12 | | report, each Each joint agreement shall, on or before October |
| 13 | | 15 of each year, submit one copy of the Annual Financial Report |
| 14 | | and its audit to the regional superintendent of schools in the |
| 15 | | educational service region having jurisdiction. Each regional |
| 16 | | superintendent of schools shall determine and communicate to |
| 17 | | joint agreements the preferred format, paper or electronic, |
| 18 | | for the submission. |
| 19 | | The State Board of Education shall determine the adequacy |
| 20 | | of the audits. All audits shall be kept on file in the office |
| 21 | | of the State Board of Education. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/3-15.12) (from Ch. 122, par. 3-15.12) |
| 24 | | Sec. 3-15.12. High school equivalency. The regional |
| 25 | | superintendent of schools and the Illinois Community College |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 24 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Board shall make available for qualified individuals residing |
| 2 | | within the region a High School Equivalency Testing Program |
| 3 | | and alternative methods of credentialing, as identified under |
| 4 | | this Section. For that purpose the regional superintendent |
| 5 | | alone or with other regional superintendents may establish and |
| 6 | | supervise a testing center or centers to administer the secure |
| 7 | | forms for high school equivalency testing to qualified |
| 8 | | persons. Such centers shall be under the supervision of the |
| 9 | | regional superintendent in whose region such centers are |
| 10 | | located, subject to the approval of the Executive Director of |
| 11 | | the Illinois Community College Board. The Illinois Community |
| 12 | | College Board shall also establish criteria and make available |
| 13 | | alternative methods of credentialing throughout the State. |
| 14 | | An individual is eligible to apply to the regional |
| 15 | | superintendent of schools for the region in which he or she |
| 16 | | resides if he or she is: (a) a person who is 17 years of age or |
| 17 | | older, has maintained residence in the State of Illinois, and |
| 18 | | is not a high school graduate; (b) a person who is successfully |
| 19 | | completing an alternative education program under Section |
| 20 | | 2-3.81, Article 13A, or Article 13B; or (c) a person who is |
| 21 | | enrolled in a youth education program sponsored by the |
| 22 | | Illinois National Guard. For purposes of this Section, |
| 23 | | residence is that abode which the applicant considers his or |
| 24 | | her home. Applicants may provide as sufficient proof of such |
| 25 | | residence and as an acceptable form of identification a |
| 26 | | driver's license, valid passport, military ID, or other form |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 25 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | of government-issued national or foreign identification that |
| 2 | | shows the applicant's name, address, date of birth, signature, |
| 3 | | and photograph or other acceptable identification as may be |
| 4 | | allowed by law or as regulated by the Illinois Community |
| 5 | | College Board. Such regional superintendent shall determine if |
| 6 | | the applicant meets statutory and regulatory state standards. |
| 7 | | If qualified, the applicant shall at the time of such |
| 8 | | application pay a fee established by the Illinois Community |
| 9 | | College Board, which fee shall be paid into a special fund |
| 10 | | under the control and supervision of the regional |
| 11 | | superintendent to be used for administration of high school |
| 12 | | equivalency testing. Such moneys received by the regional |
| 13 | | superintendent shall be used, first, for the expenses incurred |
| 14 | | in administering and scoring the examination, and next for |
| 15 | | other educational programs that are developed and designed by |
| 16 | | the regional superintendent of schools to assist those who |
| 17 | | successfully complete high school equivalency testing or meet |
| 18 | | the criteria for alternative methods of credentialing in |
| 19 | | furthering their academic development or their ability to |
| 20 | | secure and retain gainful employment, including programs for |
| 21 | | the competitive award based on test scores of college or adult |
| 22 | | education scholarship grants or similar educational |
| 23 | | incentives. Any excess moneys shall be paid into the institute |
| 24 | | fund. |
| 25 | | Any applicant who has achieved the minimum passing |
| 26 | | standards as established by the Illinois Community College |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 26 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Board shall be notified in writing by the regional |
| 2 | | superintendent and shall be issued a State of Illinois High |
| 3 | | School Diploma on the forms provided by the Illinois Community |
| 4 | | College Board. The regional superintendent shall then certify |
| 5 | | to the Illinois Community College Board the score of the |
| 6 | | applicant and such other and additional information that may |
| 7 | | be required by the Illinois Community College Board. The |
| 8 | | moneys received therefrom shall be used in the same manner as |
| 9 | | provided for in this Section. |
| 10 | | The Illinois Community College Board shall establish |
| 11 | | alternative methods of credentialing for the issuance of a |
| 12 | | State of Illinois High School Diploma. In addition to high |
| 13 | | school equivalency testing, the following alternative methods |
| 14 | | of receiving a State of Illinois High School Diploma shall be |
| 15 | | made available to qualified individuals on or after January 1, |
| 16 | | 2018: |
| 17 | | (A) High School Equivalency based on High School |
| 18 | | Credit. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or |
| 19 | | her high school transcripts evaluated to determine what |
| 20 | | the candidate needs to meet criteria as established by the |
| 21 | | Illinois Community College Board. |
| 22 | | (B) High School Equivalency based on Post-Secondary |
| 23 | | Credit. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or |
| 24 | | her post-secondary transcripts evaluated to determine what |
| 25 | | the candidate needs to meet criteria established by the |
| 26 | | Illinois Community College Board. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 27 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (C) High School Equivalency based on a Foreign |
| 2 | | Diploma. A qualified candidate may petition to have his or |
| 3 | | her foreign high school or post-secondary transcripts from |
| 4 | | a country other than the United States evaluated to |
| 5 | | determine what the candidate needs to meet criteria |
| 6 | | established by the Illinois Community College Board. |
| 7 | | (D) High School Equivalency based on Completion of a |
| 8 | | Competency-Based Program as approved by the Illinois |
| 9 | | Community College Board. The Illinois Community College |
| 10 | | Board shall establish guidelines for competency-based high |
| 11 | | school equivalency programs. |
| 12 | | Any applicant who has attained the age of 17 years and |
| 13 | | maintained residence in the State of Illinois and is not a high |
| 14 | | school graduate, any person who has enrolled in a youth |
| 15 | | education program sponsored by the Illinois National Guard, or |
| 16 | | any person who has successfully completed an alternative |
| 17 | | education program under Section 2-3.81, Article 13A, or |
| 18 | | Article 13B is eligible to apply for a State of Illinois High |
| 19 | | School Diploma (if he or she meets the requirements prescribed |
| 20 | | by the Illinois Community College Board) upon showing evidence |
| 21 | | that he or she has completed, successfully, high school |
| 22 | | equivalency testing, administered by the United States Armed |
| 23 | | Forces Institute, official high school equivalency testing |
| 24 | | centers established in other states, Veterans' Administration |
| 25 | | Hospitals, or the office of the State Superintendent of |
| 26 | | Education for the Illinois State Penitentiary System and the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 28 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Department of Corrections. Such applicant shall apply to the |
| 2 | | regional superintendent of the region wherein he or she has |
| 3 | | maintained residence, and, upon payment of a fee established |
| 4 | | by the Illinois Community College Board, the regional |
| 5 | | superintendent shall issue a State of Illinois High School |
| 6 | | Diploma and immediately thereafter certify to the Illinois |
| 7 | | Community College Board the score of the applicant and such |
| 8 | | other and additional information as may be required by the |
| 9 | | Illinois Community College Board. |
| 10 | | Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, any |
| 11 | | applicant who has been out of school for at least one year may |
| 12 | | request the regional superintendent of schools to administer |
| 13 | | restricted high school equivalency testing upon written |
| 14 | | request of: the director of a program who certifies to the |
| 15 | | Chief Examiner of an official high school equivalency testing |
| 16 | | center that the applicant has completed a program of |
| 17 | | instruction provided by such agencies as the Job Corps, the |
| 18 | | Postal Service Academy, or an apprenticeship training program; |
| 19 | | an employer or program director for purposes of entry into |
| 20 | | apprenticeship programs; another state's department of |
| 21 | | education in order to meet regulations established by that |
| 22 | | department of education; or a post high school educational |
| 23 | | institution for purposes of admission, the Department of |
| 24 | | Financial and Professional Regulation for licensing purposes, |
| 25 | | or the Armed Forces for induction purposes. The regional |
| 26 | | superintendent shall administer such testing, and the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 29 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | applicant shall be notified in writing that he or she is |
| 2 | | eligible to receive a State of Illinois High School Diploma |
| 3 | | upon reaching age 17, provided he or she meets the standards |
| 4 | | established by the Illinois Community College Board. |
| 5 | | Any test administered under this Section to an applicant |
| 6 | | who does not speak and understand English may at the |
| 7 | | discretion of the administering agency be given and answered |
| 8 | | in any language in which the test is printed. The regional |
| 9 | | superintendent of schools may waive any fees required by this |
| 10 | | Section in case of hardship. The regional superintendent of |
| 11 | | schools and the Illinois Community College Board shall waive |
| 12 | | any fees required by this Section for an applicant who meets |
| 13 | | all of the following criteria: |
| 14 | | (1) The applicant qualifies as a homeless person, |
| 15 | | child, or youth as defined in the Education for Homeless |
| 16 | | Children Act. |
| 17 | | (2) The applicant has not attained 25 years of age as |
| 18 | | of the date of the scheduled test. |
| 19 | | (3) The applicant can verify his or her status as a |
| 20 | | homeless person, child, or youth. A homeless services |
| 21 | | provider that is qualified to verify an individual's |
| 22 | | housing status, as determined by the Illinois Community |
| 23 | | College Board, and that has knowledge of the applicant's |
| 24 | | housing status may verify the applicant's status for |
| 25 | | purposes of this subdivision (3). |
| 26 | | (4) The applicant has completed a high school |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 30 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | equivalency preparation course through an Illinois |
| 2 | | Community College Board-approved provider. |
| 3 | | (5) The applicant is taking the test at a testing |
| 4 | | center operated by a regional superintendent of schools or |
| 5 | | the Cook County High School Equivalency Office. |
| 6 | | In counties of over 3,000,000 population, a State of |
| 7 | | Illinois High School Diploma shall contain the signatures of |
| 8 | | the Executive Director of the Illinois Community College Board |
| 9 | | and the superintendent, president, or other chief executive |
| 10 | | officer of the institution where high school equivalency |
| 11 | | testing instruction occurred and any other signatures |
| 12 | | authorized by the Illinois Community College Board. |
| 13 | | The regional superintendent of schools shall furnish the |
| 14 | | Illinois Community College Board with any information that the |
| 15 | | Illinois Community College Board requests with regard to |
| 16 | | testing and diplomas under this Section. |
| 17 | | A State of Illinois High School Diploma is a recognized |
| 18 | | high school equivalency certificate for purposes of |
| 19 | | reciprocity with other states. A high school equivalency |
| 20 | | certificate from another state is equivalent to a State of |
| 21 | | Illinois High School Diploma. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 102-1100, eff. 1-1-23; 103-940, eff. 8-9-24.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-17) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-17) |
| 24 | | Sec. 10-17. Statement of affairs. |
| 25 | | (a) In Class I or Class II county school units the school |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 31 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | board may use either a cash basis or accrual system of |
| 2 | | accounting; however, any board so electing to use the accrual |
| 3 | | system may not change to a cash basis without the permission of |
| 4 | | the State Board of Education. |
| 5 | | School Boards using either a cash basis or accrual system |
| 6 | | of accounting shall maintain records showing the assets, |
| 7 | | liabilities and fund balances in such minimum forms as may be |
| 8 | | prescribed by the State Board of Education. No later than |
| 9 | | December 1 annually, such a school board shall make available |
| 10 | | to the public a statement of the affairs of the school district |
| 11 | | by posting the entire statement of affairs on the district's |
| 12 | | Internet website and by publishing a summary of the statement |
| 13 | | of affairs in a newspaper of general circulation. If a school |
| 14 | | district does not maintain an Internet website, the district |
| 15 | | must publish the entire statement of affairs in a newspaper of |
| 16 | | general circulation or have copies of the entire statement of |
| 17 | | affairs available in the main administrative office of the |
| 18 | | district. |
| 19 | | The summary of the public statement of affairs published |
| 20 | | in a newspaper of general circulation of the district shall |
| 21 | | contain a minimum of all of the following information, in |
| 22 | | addition to the other requirements of this Section: |
| 23 | | (1) (Blank). |
| 24 | | (2) Except as provided in subdivision (3) of this |
| 25 | | subsection (a), a listing of all moneys paid out by the |
| 26 | | district where the total amount paid during the fiscal |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 32 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | year exceeds $2,500 in the aggregate per person, giving |
| 2 | | the name of each person to whom moneys were paid and the |
| 3 | | total paid to each person. |
| 4 | | (3) A listing of all personnel, by name, with an |
| 5 | | annual fiscal year gross payment in the categories set |
| 6 | | forth in subdivision subdivisions 1 and 2 of subsection |
| 7 | | (c) of this Section. |
| 8 | | In this Section, "newspaper of general circulation" means a |
| 9 | | newspaper of general circulation published in the school |
| 10 | | district, or, if no newspaper is published in the school |
| 11 | | district, a newspaper published in the county where the school |
| 12 | | district is located or, if no newspaper is published in the |
| 13 | | county, a newspaper published in the educational service |
| 14 | | region where the regional superintendent of schools has |
| 15 | | supervision and control of the school district. |
| 16 | | (b) When any school district is the administrative |
| 17 | | district for several school districts operating under a joint |
| 18 | | agreement as authorized by this Code, no receipts or |
| 19 | | disbursements accruing, received or paid out by that school |
| 20 | | district as such an administrative district shall be included |
| 21 | | in the statement of affairs of the district required by this |
| 22 | | Section. However, that district shall have prepared and made |
| 23 | | available to the public, in accordance with subsection (a) of |
| 24 | | this Section, in the same manner and subject to the same |
| 25 | | requirements as are provided in this Section for the statement |
| 26 | | of affairs of that district, a statement of affairs for the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 33 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | joint agreement, in the form prescribed by the State Board of |
| 2 | | Education. The costs of publishing this separate statement |
| 3 | | prepared by such an administrative district shall be |
| 4 | | apportioned among and paid by the participating districts in |
| 5 | | the same manner as other costs and expenses accruing to those |
| 6 | | districts jointly. |
| 7 | | (c) The statement of affairs required to be posted on the |
| 8 | | district's Internet website or made available in the main |
| 9 | | administrative office of the district as provided under |
| 10 | | subsection (a) pursuant to this Section shall contain such |
| 11 | | information as may be required by the State Board of |
| 12 | | Education, including: |
| 13 | | 1. (Blank). |
| 14 | | 2. Annual fiscal year payment for non-certificated |
| 15 | | personnel to be shown by name, listing each employee in |
| 16 | | one of the following categories: |
| 17 | | (a) Under $39,999 |
| 18 | | (b) $40,000 to $54,999 |
| 19 | | (c) $55,000 to $74,999 |
| 20 | | (d) $75,000 and over |
| 21 | | 3. Excluding wages and salaries, all other moneys in |
| 22 | | the aggregate paid to recipients of $1,000 or more, giving |
| 23 | | the name of the person, firm or corporation and the total |
| 24 | | amount received by each. This listing shall be inclusive |
| 25 | | of moneys expended from any revolving fund maintained by |
| 26 | | the school district. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 34 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 4. Approximate size of school district in square |
| 2 | | miles. |
| 3 | | 5. Number of school attendance centers. |
| 4 | | 6. Numbers of employees as follows: |
| 5 | | (a) Full-time certificated employees; |
| 6 | | (b) Part-time certificated employees; |
| 7 | | (c) Full-time non-certificated employees; |
| 8 | | (d) Part-time non-certificated employees. |
| 9 | | 7. (Blank). |
| 10 | | 8. (Blank). |
| 11 | | 9. Tax rate for each district fund. |
| 12 | | 10. (Blank). |
| 13 | | 11. (Blank). |
| 14 | | 12. (Blank). |
| 15 | | 13. (Blank). |
| 16 | | 14. (Blank). |
| 17 | | 15. (Blank). |
| 18 | | 16. A report on contracts, as required in Section |
| 19 | | 10-20.44. |
| 20 | | This Section does not apply to cities having a population |
| 21 | | exceeding 500,000. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-17a) |
| 24 | | Sec. 10-17a. State, school district, and school report |
| 25 | | cards; Expanded High School Snapshot Report. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 35 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (1) By October 31, 2013 and October 31 of each subsequent |
| 2 | | school year, the State Board of Education, through the State |
| 3 | | Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a State report |
| 4 | | card, school district report cards, and school report cards, |
| 5 | | and shall by the most economical means provide to each school |
| 6 | | district in this State, including special charter districts |
| 7 | | and districts subject to the provisions of Article 34, the |
| 8 | | report cards for the school district and each of its schools. |
| 9 | | Because of the impacts of the COVID-19 public health emergency |
| 10 | | during school year 2020-2021, the State Board of Education |
| 11 | | shall have until December 31, 2021 to prepare and provide the |
| 12 | | report cards that would otherwise be due by October 31, 2021. |
| 13 | | During a school year in which the Governor has declared a |
| 14 | | disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant to Section |
| 15 | | 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the report |
| 16 | | cards for the school districts and each of its schools shall be |
| 17 | | prepared by December 31. |
| 18 | | (2) In addition to any information required by federal |
| 19 | | law, the State Superintendent shall determine the indicators |
| 20 | | and presentation of the school report card, which must |
| 21 | | include, at a minimum, the most current data collected and |
| 22 | | maintained by the State Board of Education related to the |
| 23 | | following: |
| 24 | | (A) school characteristics and student demographics, |
| 25 | | including average class size, average teaching experience, |
| 26 | | student racial/ethnic breakdown, and the percentage of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 36 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | students classified as low-income; the percentage of |
| 2 | | students classified as English learners, the number of |
| 3 | | students who graduate from a bilingual or English learner |
| 4 | | program, and the number of students who graduate from, |
| 5 | | transfer from, or otherwise leave bilingual programs; the |
| 6 | | percentage of students who have individualized education |
| 7 | | plans or 504 plans that provide for special education |
| 8 | | services; the number and the percentage of all students in |
| 9 | | grades kindergarten through 8, disaggregated by the |
| 10 | | student demographics described in this paragraph (A), in |
| 11 | | each of the following categories: (i) those who have been |
| 12 | | assessed for placement in a gifted education program or |
| 13 | | accelerated placement, (ii) those who have enrolled in a |
| 14 | | gifted education program or in accelerated placement, and |
| 15 | | (iii) for each of categories (i) and (ii), those who |
| 16 | | received direct instruction from a teacher who holds a |
| 17 | | gifted education endorsement; the number and the |
| 18 | | percentage of all students in grades 9 through 12, |
| 19 | | disaggregated by the student demographics described in |
| 20 | | this paragraph (A), who have been enrolled in an advanced |
| 21 | | academic program; the percentage of students scoring at |
| 22 | | the "exceeds expectations" level on the assessments |
| 23 | | required under Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code; the |
| 24 | | percentage of students who annually transferred in or out |
| 25 | | of the school district; average daily attendance; the |
| 26 | | per-pupil operating expenditure of the school district; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 37 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and the per-pupil State average operating expenditure for |
| 2 | | the district type (elementary, high school, or unit); |
| 3 | | (B) curriculum information, including, where |
| 4 | | applicable, Advanced Placement, International |
| 5 | | Baccalaureate or equivalent courses, dual credit courses, |
| 6 | | world foreign language classes, computer science courses, |
| 7 | | school personnel resources (including Career Technical |
| 8 | | Education teachers), before and after school programs, |
| 9 | | extracurricular activities, subjects in which elective |
| 10 | | classes are offered, health and wellness initiatives |
| 11 | | (including the average number of days of Physical |
| 12 | | Education per week per student), approved programs of |
| 13 | | study, awards received, community partnerships, and |
| 14 | | special programs such as programming for the gifted and |
| 15 | | talented, students with disabilities, and work-study |
| 16 | | students; |
| 17 | | (C) student outcomes, including, where applicable, the |
| 18 | | percentage of students deemed proficient on assessments of |
| 19 | | State standards, the percentage of students in the eighth |
| 20 | | grade who pass Algebra, the percentage of students who |
| 21 | | participated in workplace learning experiences, the |
| 22 | | percentage of students enrolled in post-secondary |
| 23 | | institutions (including colleges, universities, community |
| 24 | | colleges, trade/vocational schools, and training programs |
| 25 | | leading to career certification within 2 semesters of high |
| 26 | | school graduation), the percentage of students graduating |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 38 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | from high school who are college and career ready, the |
| 2 | | percentage of graduates enrolled in community colleges, |
| 3 | | colleges, and universities who are in one or more courses |
| 4 | | that the community college, college, or university |
| 5 | | identifies as a developmental course, and the percentage |
| 6 | | of students with disabilities under the federal |
| 7 | | Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and Article 14 |
| 8 | | of this Code who have fulfilled the minimum State |
| 9 | | graduation requirements set forth in Section 27-605 of |
| 10 | | this Code and have been issued a regular high school |
| 11 | | diploma; |
| 12 | | (D) student progress, including, where applicable, the |
| 13 | | percentage of students in the ninth grade who have earned |
| 14 | | 5 credits or more without failing more than one core |
| 15 | | class, a measure of students entering kindergarten ready |
| 16 | | to learn, a measure of growth, and the percentage of |
| 17 | | students who enter high school on track for college and |
| 18 | | career readiness; |
| 19 | | (E) the school environment, including, where |
| 20 | | applicable, high school dropout rate by grade level, the |
| 21 | | percentage of students with less than 10 absences in a |
| 22 | | school year, the percentage of teachers with less than 10 |
| 23 | | absences in a school year for reasons other than |
| 24 | | professional development, leaves taken pursuant to the |
| 25 | | federal Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, long-term |
| 26 | | disability, or parental leaves, the 3-year average of the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 39 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | percentage of teachers returning to the school from the |
| 2 | | previous year, the number of different principals at the |
| 3 | | school in the last 6 years, the number of teachers who hold |
| 4 | | a gifted education endorsement, the process and criteria |
| 5 | | used by the district to determine whether a student is |
| 6 | | eligible for participation in a gifted education program |
| 7 | | or advanced academic program and the manner in which |
| 8 | | parents and guardians are made aware of the process and |
| 9 | | criteria, the number of teachers who are National Board |
| 10 | | Certified Teachers, disaggregated by race and ethnicity, 2 |
| 11 | | or more indicators from any school climate survey selected |
| 12 | | or approved by the State and administered pursuant to |
| 13 | | Section 2-3.153 of this Code, with the same or similar |
| 14 | | indicators included on school report cards for all surveys |
| 15 | | selected or approved by the State pursuant to Section |
| 16 | | 2-3.153 of this Code, the combined percentage of teachers |
| 17 | | rated as proficient or excellent in their most recent |
| 18 | | evaluation, and, beginning with the 2022-2023 school year, |
| 19 | | data on the number of incidents of violence that occurred |
| 20 | | on school grounds or during school-related activities and |
| 21 | | that resulted in an out-of-school suspension, expulsion, |
| 22 | | or removal to an alternative setting, as reported pursuant |
| 23 | | to Section 2-3.162; |
| 24 | | (F) a school district's and its individual schools' |
| 25 | | balanced accountability measure, in accordance with |
| 26 | | Section 2-3.25a of this Code; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 40 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (G) the total and per pupil normal cost amount the |
| 2 | | State contributed to the Teachers' Retirement System of |
| 3 | | the State of Illinois in the prior fiscal year for the |
| 4 | | school's employees, which shall be reported to the State |
| 5 | | Board of Education by the Teachers' Retirement System of |
| 6 | | the State of Illinois; |
| 7 | | (H) for a school district organized under Article 34 |
| 8 | | of this Code only, State contributions to the Public |
| 9 | | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago |
| 10 | | and State contributions for health care for employees of |
| 11 | | that school district; |
| 12 | | (I) a school district's Final Percent of Adequacy, as |
| 13 | | defined in paragraph (4) of subsection (f) of Section |
| 14 | | 18-8.15 of this Code; |
| 15 | | (J) a school district's Local Capacity Target, as |
| 16 | | defined in paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of Section |
| 17 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; |
| 18 | | (K) a school district's Real Receipts, as defined in |
| 19 | | paragraph (1) of subsection (d) of Section 18-8.15 of this |
| 20 | | Code, divided by a school district's Adequacy Target, as |
| 21 | | defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section |
| 22 | | 18-8.15 of this Code, displayed as a percentage amount; |
| 23 | | (L) a school district's administrative costs; |
| 24 | | (M) whether or not the school has participated in the |
| 25 | | Illinois Youth Survey. In this paragraph (M), "Illinois |
| 26 | | Youth Survey" means a self-report survey, administered in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 41 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | school settings every 2 years, designed to gather |
| 2 | | information about health and social indicators, including |
| 3 | | substance abuse patterns and the attitudes of students in |
| 4 | | grades 8, 10, and 12; |
| 5 | | (N) whether the school offered its students career and |
| 6 | | technical education opportunities; and |
| 7 | | (O) beginning with the October 2024 report card, the |
| 8 | | total number of school counselors, school social workers, |
| 9 | | school nurses, and school psychologists by school, |
| 10 | | district, and State, the average number of students per |
| 11 | | school counselor in the school, district, and State, the |
| 12 | | average number of students per school social worker in the |
| 13 | | school, district, and State, the average number of |
| 14 | | students per school nurse in the school, district, and |
| 15 | | State, and the average number of students per school |
| 16 | | psychologist in the school, district, and State. |
| 17 | | The school report card shall also provide information that |
| 18 | | allows for comparing the current outcome, progress, and |
| 19 | | environment data to the State average, to the school data from |
| 20 | | the past 5 years, and to the outcomes, progress, and |
| 21 | | environment of similar schools based on the type of school and |
| 22 | | enrollment of low-income students, special education students, |
| 23 | | and English learners. |
| 24 | | As used in this subsection (2): |
| 25 | | "Accelerated placement" has the meaning ascribed to that |
| 26 | | term in Section 14A-17 of this Code. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 42 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | "Administrative costs" means costs associated with |
| 2 | | executive, administrative, or managerial functions within the |
| 3 | | school district that involve planning, organizing, managing, |
| 4 | | or directing the school district. |
| 5 | | "Advanced academic program" means a course of study, |
| 6 | | including, but not limited to, accelerated placement, advanced |
| 7 | | placement coursework, International Baccalaureate coursework, |
| 8 | | dual credit, or any course designated as enriched or honors, |
| 9 | | that a student is enrolled in based on advanced cognitive |
| 10 | | ability or advanced academic achievement compared to local age |
| 11 | | peers and in which the curriculum is substantially |
| 12 | | differentiated from the general curriculum to provide |
| 13 | | appropriate challenge and pace. |
| 14 | | "Computer science" means the study of computers and |
| 15 | | algorithms, including their principles, their hardware and |
| 16 | | software designs, their implementation, and their impact on |
| 17 | | society. "Computer science" does not include the study of |
| 18 | | everyday uses of computers and computer applications, such as |
| 19 | | keyboarding or accessing the Internet. |
| 20 | | "Gifted education" means educational services, including |
| 21 | | differentiated curricula and instructional methods, designed |
| 22 | | to meet the needs of gifted children as defined in Article 14A |
| 23 | | of this Code. |
| 24 | | For the purposes of paragraph (A) of this subsection (2), |
| 25 | | "average daily attendance" means the average of the actual |
| 26 | | number of attendance days during the previous school year for |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 43 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | any enrolled student who is subject to compulsory attendance |
| 2 | | by Section 26-1 of this Code at each school and charter school. |
| 3 | | (2.5) For any school report card prepared after July 1, |
| 4 | | 2025, for all high school graduation completion rates that are |
| 5 | | reported on the school report card as required under this |
| 6 | | Section or by any other State or federal law, the State |
| 7 | | Superintendent of Education shall also report the percentage |
| 8 | | of students who did not meet the requirements of high school |
| 9 | | graduation completion for any reason and, of those students, |
| 10 | | the percentage that are classified as students who fulfill the |
| 11 | | requirements of Section 14-16 of this Code. |
| 12 | | The State Superintendent shall ensure that for the |
| 13 | | 2023-2024 school year there is a specific code for districts |
| 14 | | to report students who fulfill the requirements of Section |
| 15 | | 14-16 of this Code to ensure accurate reporting under this |
| 16 | | Section. |
| 17 | | All reporting requirements under this subsection (2.5) |
| 18 | | shall be included on the school report card where high school |
| 19 | | graduation completion rates are reported, along with a brief |
| 20 | | explanation of how fulfilling the requirements of Section |
| 21 | | 14-16 of this Code is different from receiving a regular high |
| 22 | | school diploma. |
| 23 | | (3) At the discretion of the State Superintendent, the |
| 24 | | school district report card shall include a subset of the |
| 25 | | information identified in paragraphs (A) through (E) of |
| 26 | | subsection (2) of this Section, as well as information |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 44 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | relating to the operating expense per pupil and other finances |
| 2 | | of the school district, and the State report card shall |
| 3 | | include a subset of the information identified in paragraphs |
| 4 | | (A) through (E) and paragraph (N) of subsection (2) of this |
| 5 | | Section. The school district report card shall include the |
| 6 | | average daily attendance, as that term is defined in |
| 7 | | subsection (2) of this Section, of students who have |
| 8 | | individualized education programs and students who have 504 |
| 9 | | plans that provide for special education services within the |
| 10 | | school district. |
| 11 | | (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this |
| 12 | | Section, in consultation with key education stakeholders, the |
| 13 | | State Superintendent shall at any time have the discretion to |
| 14 | | amend or update any and all metrics on the school, district, or |
| 15 | | State report card. |
| 16 | | (5) Annually, no more than 30 calendar days after receipt |
| 17 | | of the school district and school report cards from the State |
| 18 | | Superintendent of Education, each school district, including |
| 19 | | special charter districts and districts subject to the |
| 20 | | provisions of Article 34, shall present such report cards at a |
| 21 | | regular school board meeting subject to applicable notice |
| 22 | | requirements, post the report cards on the school district's |
| 23 | | Internet web site, if the district maintains an Internet web |
| 24 | | site, make the report cards available to a newspaper of |
| 25 | | general circulation serving the district, and, upon request, |
| 26 | | send the report cards home to a parent (unless the district |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 45 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | does not maintain an Internet web site, in which case the |
| 2 | | report card shall be sent home to parents without request). If |
| 3 | | the district posts the report card on its Internet web site, |
| 4 | | the district shall send a written notice home to parents |
| 5 | | stating (i) that the report card is available on the web site, |
| 6 | | (ii) the address of the web site, (iii) that a printed copy of |
| 7 | | the report card will be sent to parents upon request, and (iv) |
| 8 | | the telephone number that parents may call to request a |
| 9 | | printed copy of the report card. |
| 10 | | (6) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, |
| 11 | | supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in |
| 12 | | lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public |
| 13 | | Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of |
| 14 | | Public Act 97-8. |
| 15 | | (7) As used in this subsection (7): |
| 16 | | "Advanced coursework or programs" means any high school |
| 17 | | courses, sequence of courses, or class or grouping of students |
| 18 | | organized to provide more rigorous, enriched, advanced, |
| 19 | | accelerated, gifted, or above grade-level instruction. This |
| 20 | | may include, but is not limited to, Advanced Placement |
| 21 | | courses, International Baccalaureate courses, honors, |
| 22 | | weighted, advanced, or enriched courses, or gifted or |
| 23 | | accelerated programs, classrooms, or courses. |
| 24 | | "Course" means any high school class or course offered by |
| 25 | | a school that is assigned a school course code by the State |
| 26 | | Board of Education. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 46 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | "High school" means a school that maintains any of grades |
| 2 | | 9 through 12. |
| 3 | | "Standard coursework or programs" means any high school |
| 4 | | courses or classes other than advanced coursework or programs. |
| 5 | | By December 31, 2027 and by December 31 of each subsequent |
| 6 | | year, the State Board of Education, through the State |
| 7 | | Superintendent of Education, shall prepare a stand-alone |
| 8 | | report covering all public high schools in this State, to be |
| 9 | | referred to as the Expanded High School Coursework Snapshot |
| 10 | | Report. The State Board shall post the Report on the State |
| 11 | | Board's Internet website. Each school district with high |
| 12 | | school enrollment for the reporting year shall include on the |
| 13 | | school district's Internet website, if the district maintains |
| 14 | | an Internet website, a hyperlink to the Report on the State |
| 15 | | Board's Internet website titled "Expanded High School |
| 16 | | Coursework Snapshot Report". Hyperlinks under this subsection |
| 17 | | (7) shall be displayed in a manner that is easily accessible to |
| 18 | | the public. |
| 19 | | The Expanded High School Coursework Snapshot Report shall |
| 20 | | include: |
| 21 | | (A) a listing of all standard coursework or programs |
| 22 | | that have high school student enrollment; |
| 23 | | (B) a listing of all advanced coursework or programs |
| 24 | | that have high school student enrollment; |
| 25 | | (C) a listing of all coursework or programs that have |
| 26 | | high school student enrollment by English learners; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 47 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (D) a listing of all coursework or programs that have |
| 2 | | high school student enrollment by students with |
| 3 | | disabilities; |
| 4 | | (E) data tables and graphs comparing advanced |
| 5 | | coursework or programs enrollment with standard coursework |
| 6 | | or programs enrollment according to the following |
| 7 | | parameters: |
| 8 | | (i) the average years of experience of all |
| 9 | | teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach |
| 10 | | advanced coursework or programs compared with the |
| 11 | | average years of experience of all teachers in the |
| 12 | | high school who are assigned to teach standard |
| 13 | | coursework or programs; |
| 14 | | (ii) the average years of experience of all |
| 15 | | teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach |
| 16 | | coursework or programs that have high school |
| 17 | | enrollment by students with disabilities compared with |
| 18 | | the average years of experience of all teachers in the |
| 19 | | high school who are not assigned to teach coursework |
| 20 | | or programs that have high school student enrollment |
| 21 | | by students with disabilities; |
| 22 | | (iii) the average years of experience of all |
| 23 | | teachers in a high school who are assigned to teach |
| 24 | | coursework or programs that have high school student |
| 25 | | enrollment by English learners compared with the |
| 26 | | average years of experience of all teachers in the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 48 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | high school who are not assigned to teach coursework |
| 2 | | or programs that have high school student enrollment |
| 3 | | by English learners; |
| 4 | | (iv) the number of high school teachers who |
| 5 | | possess bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or |
| 6 | | higher degrees and who are assigned to teach advanced |
| 7 | | coursework or programs compared with the number of |
| 8 | | teachers who possess bachelor's degrees, master's |
| 9 | | degrees, or higher degrees and who are assigned to |
| 10 | | teach standard coursework or programs; |
| 11 | | (v) the number of high school teachers who possess |
| 12 | | bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or higher |
| 13 | | degrees and who are assigned to teach coursework or |
| 14 | | programs that have high school student enrollment by |
| 15 | | students with disabilities compared with the number of |
| 16 | | teachers who possess bachelor's degrees, master's |
| 17 | | degrees, or higher degrees and who are not assigned to |
| 18 | | teach coursework or programs that have high school |
| 19 | | student enrollment by students with disabilities; |
| 20 | | (vi) the number of high school teachers who |
| 21 | | possess bachelor's degrees, master's degrees, or |
| 22 | | higher degrees and who are assigned to teach |
| 23 | | coursework or programs that have high school student |
| 24 | | enrollment by English learners compared with the |
| 25 | | number of teachers who possess bachelor's degrees, |
| 26 | | master's degrees, or higher degrees and who are not |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 49 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | assigned to teach coursework or programs that have |
| 2 | | high school student enrollment by English learners; |
| 3 | | (vii) the average student enrollment of advanced |
| 4 | | coursework or programs offered in a high school |
| 5 | | compared with the average student enrollment of |
| 6 | | standard coursework or programs; |
| 7 | | (viii) the percentages of high school students, by |
| 8 | | race, gender, and program student group, who are |
| 9 | | enrolled in advanced coursework or programs; |
| 10 | | (ix) (blank); |
| 11 | | (x) (blank); |
| 12 | | (xi) (blank); |
| 13 | | (xii) (blank); |
| 14 | | (xiii) (blank); |
| 15 | | (xiv) the percentage of high school students, by |
| 16 | | race, gender, and program student group, who earn the |
| 17 | | equivalent of a C grade or higher on a grade A through |
| 18 | | F scale in one or more advanced coursework or programs |
| 19 | | compared with the percentage of high school students, |
| 20 | | by race, gender, and program student group, who earn |
| 21 | | the equivalent of a C grade or higher on a grade A |
| 22 | | through F scale in one or more standard coursework or |
| 23 | | programs; |
| 24 | | (xv) (blank); |
| 25 | | (xvi) (blank); and |
| 26 | | (F) data tables and graphs for each race and ethnicity |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 50 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | category and gender category describing: |
| 2 | | (i) the total student number and student |
| 3 | | percentage for Advanced Placement courses taken by |
| 4 | | race and ethnicity category and gender category; |
| 5 | | (ii) the total student number and student |
| 6 | | percentage for International Baccalaureate courses |
| 7 | | taken by race and ethnicity category and gender |
| 8 | | category; |
| 9 | | (iii) (blank); |
| 10 | | (iv) (blank); and |
| 11 | | (v) the total student number and student |
| 12 | | percentage of high school students who earn a score of |
| 13 | | 3 or higher on the Advanced Placement exam associated |
| 14 | | with an Advanced Placement course. |
| 15 | | For data on teacher experience and education under this |
| 16 | | subsection (7), a teacher who teaches a combination of courses |
| 17 | | designated as advanced coursework or programs, courses or |
| 18 | | programs that have high school student enrollment by English |
| 19 | | learners, or standard coursework or programs shall be included |
| 20 | | in all relevant categories and the teacher's level of |
| 21 | | experience shall be added to the categories. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 103-116, eff. 6-30-23; 103-263, eff. 6-30-23; |
| 23 | | 103-413, eff, 1-1-24; 103-503, eff. 1-1-24; 103-605, eff. |
| 24 | | 7-1-24; 103-780, eff. 8-2-24; 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 25 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.44) |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 51 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Sec. 10-20.44. Report on contracts. |
| 2 | | (a) This Section applies to all school districts, |
| 3 | | including a school district organized under Article 34 of this |
| 4 | | Code. |
| 5 | | (b) A school board must list on the district's Internet |
| 6 | | website, if any, all contracts over $25,000 and any contract |
| 7 | | that the school board enters into with an exclusive bargaining |
| 8 | | representative. |
| 9 | | (c) Each year, in conjunction with the publication of the |
| 10 | | Statement of Affairs as required under Section 10-17 on the |
| 11 | | district's Internet website and in a newspaper of general |
| 12 | | circulation prior to December 1, provided for in Section |
| 13 | | 10-17, each school district shall include an annual report on |
| 14 | | all contracts over $25,000 awarded by the school district |
| 15 | | during the previous fiscal year. The report shall include at |
| 16 | | least the following: |
| 17 | | (1) the total number of all contracts awarded by the |
| 18 | | school district; |
| 19 | | (2) the total value of all contracts awarded; |
| 20 | | (3) the number of contracts awarded to minority-owned |
| 21 | | businesses, women-owned businesses, and businesses owned |
| 22 | | by persons with disabilities, as defined in the Business |
| 23 | | Enterprise for Minorities, Women, and Persons with |
| 24 | | Disabilities Act, and locally owned businesses; and |
| 25 | | (4) the total value of contracts awarded to |
| 26 | | minority-owned businesses, women-owned businesses, and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 52 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | businesses owned by persons with disabilities, as defined |
| 2 | | in the Business Enterprise for Minorities, Women, and |
| 3 | | Persons with Disabilities Act, and locally owned |
| 4 | | businesses. |
| 5 | | The report shall be made available to the public, |
| 6 | | including publication on the school district's Internet |
| 7 | | website, if any. |
| 8 | | (Source: P.A. 104-261, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 9 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.52) |
| 10 | | Sec. 10-20.52. American Sign Language courses. School |
| 11 | | boards are encouraged to implement American Sign Language |
| 12 | | courses into school world foreign language curricula. |
| 13 | | (Source: P.A. 96-843, eff. 6-1-10; 97-333, eff. 8-12-11.) |
| 14 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.43) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43) |
| 15 | | Sec. 10-22.43. Credit for Proficiency in World Foreign |
| 16 | | Language. To grant one year of high school world foreign |
| 17 | | language credit to any student who has graduated from an |
| 18 | | accredited elementary school and who can demonstrate |
| 19 | | proficiency in a language other than English. For purposes of |
| 20 | | this Section, proficiency in American Sign Language shall be |
| 21 | | deemed proficiency in a world foreign language for which one |
| 22 | | year of high school world foreign language credit may be |
| 23 | | granted. Proficiency shall be determined by academic criteria |
| 24 | | acceptable to local school boards. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 53 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (Source: P.A. 86-623.) |
| 2 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.43a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43a) |
| 3 | | Sec. 10-22.43a. World Foreign language credit. To award or |
| 4 | | provide for the awarding of high school credit to high school |
| 5 | | students who have studied a world foreign language in an |
| 6 | | approved community-based heritage language ethnic school |
| 7 | | program. The amount of credit awarded shall be roughly |
| 8 | | equivalent to the amount of credit the student would have |
| 9 | | received if he or she had reached the same level of world |
| 10 | | foreign language proficiency at a public high school as he or |
| 11 | | she achieved at the community-based heritage language ethnic |
| 12 | | school. The school board may require a student seeking world |
| 13 | | foreign language credit under this Section to successfully |
| 14 | | complete a world foreign language proficiency examination. |
| 15 | | (Source: P.A. 83-794.) |
| 16 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.02) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02) |
| 17 | | Sec. 14-7.02. Children attending private special education |
| 18 | | schools, separate public special education day schools, public |
| 19 | | out-of-state schools, public school residential facilities, or |
| 20 | | private special education facilities. |
| 21 | | (a) The General Assembly recognizes that non-public |
| 22 | | schools or special education facilities provide an important |
| 23 | | service in the educational system in Illinois. |
| 24 | | (b) If a student's individualized education program (IEP) |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 54 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | team determines that because of his or her disability the |
| 2 | | special education program of a district is unable to meet the |
| 3 | | needs of the child and the child attends a non-public school or |
| 4 | | special education facility, a public out-of-state school or a |
| 5 | | special education facility owned and operated by a county |
| 6 | | government unit that provides special educational services |
| 7 | | required by the child and is in compliance with the |
| 8 | | appropriate rules and regulations of the State Superintendent |
| 9 | | of Education, the school district in which the child is a |
| 10 | | resident shall pay the actual cost of tuition for special |
| 11 | | education and related services provided during the regular |
| 12 | | school term and during the summer school term if the child's |
| 13 | | educational needs so require, excluding room, board and |
| 14 | | transportation costs charged the child by that non-public |
| 15 | | school or special education facility, public out-of-state |
| 16 | | school or county special education facility, or $4,500 per |
| 17 | | year, whichever is less, and shall provide him any necessary |
| 18 | | transportation. "Nonpublic special education facility" shall |
| 19 | | include a residential facility, within or without the State of |
| 20 | | Illinois, which provides special education and related |
| 21 | | services to meet the needs of the child by utilizing private |
| 22 | | schools or public schools, whether located on the site or off |
| 23 | | the site of the residential facility. Resident district |
| 24 | | financial responsibility and reimbursement applies for both |
| 25 | | nonpublic special education facilities that are approved by |
| 26 | | the State Board of Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 55 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | or other applicable laws or rules and for emergency |
| 2 | | residential placements in nonpublic special education |
| 3 | | facilities that are not approved by the State Board of |
| 4 | | Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other |
| 5 | | applicable laws or rules, subject to the requirements of this |
| 6 | | Section. |
| 7 | | (c) Prior to the placement of a child in an out-of-state |
| 8 | | special education residential facility, the school district |
| 9 | | must refer to the child or the child's parent or guardian the |
| 10 | | option to place the child in a special education residential |
| 11 | | facility located within this State, if any, that provides |
| 12 | | treatment and services comparable to those provided by the |
| 13 | | out-of-state special education residential facility. The |
| 14 | | school district must review annually the placement of a child |
| 15 | | in an out-of-state special education residential facility. As |
| 16 | | a part of the review, the school district must refer to the |
| 17 | | child or the child's parent or guardian the option to place the |
| 18 | | child in a comparable special education residential facility |
| 19 | | located within this State, if any. |
| 20 | | (c-5) Before a provider that operates a nonpublic special |
| 21 | | education facility terminates a student's placement in that |
| 22 | | facility, the provider must request an IEP meeting from the |
| 23 | | contracting school district. If the provider elects to |
| 24 | | terminate the student's placement following the IEP meeting, |
| 25 | | the provider must give written notice to this effect to the |
| 26 | | parent or guardian, the contracting public school district, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 56 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and the State Board of Education no later than 20 business days |
| 2 | | before the date of termination, unless the health and safety |
| 3 | | of any student are endangered. The notice must include the |
| 4 | | detailed reasons for the termination and any actions taken to |
| 5 | | address the reason for the termination. |
| 6 | | (d) Payments shall be made by the resident school district |
| 7 | | to the entity providing the educational services, whether the |
| 8 | | entity is the nonpublic special education facility or the |
| 9 | | school district wherein the facility is located, no less than |
| 10 | | once per quarter, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the |
| 11 | | parties. |
| 12 | | (e) A school district may residentially place a student in |
| 13 | | a nonpublic special education facility providing educational |
| 14 | | services, but not approved by the State Board of Education |
| 15 | | pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other applicable laws or |
| 16 | | rules, provided that the State Board of Education provides an |
| 17 | | emergency and student-specific approval for residential |
| 18 | | placement. The State Board of Education shall promptly, within |
| 19 | | 10 days after the request, approve a request for emergency and |
| 20 | | student-specific approval for residential placement if the |
| 21 | | following have been demonstrated to the State Board of |
| 22 | | Education: |
| 23 | | (1) the facility demonstrates appropriate licensure of |
| 24 | | teachers for the student population; |
| 25 | | (2) the facility demonstrates age-appropriate |
| 26 | | curriculum; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 57 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (3) the facility provides enrollment and attendance |
| 2 | | data; |
| 3 | | (4) the facility demonstrates the ability to implement |
| 4 | | the child's IEP; and |
| 5 | | (5) the school district demonstrates that it made good |
| 6 | | faith efforts to residentially place the student in an |
| 7 | | approved facility, but no approved facility has accepted |
| 8 | | the student or has availability for immediate residential |
| 9 | | placement of the student. |
| 10 | | A resident school district may also submit such proof to the |
| 11 | | State Board of Education as may be required for its student. |
| 12 | | The State Board of Education may not unreasonably withhold |
| 13 | | approval once satisfactory proof is provided to the State |
| 14 | | Board. |
| 15 | | (f) If an impartial due process hearing officer who is |
| 16 | | contracted by the State Board of Education pursuant to this |
| 17 | | Article orders placement of a student with a disability in a |
| 18 | | residential facility that is not approved by the State Board |
| 19 | | of Education, then, for purposes of this Section, the facility |
| 20 | | shall be deemed approved for placement and school district |
| 21 | | payments and State reimbursements shall be made accordingly. |
| 22 | | (g) Emergency residential placement in a facility approved |
| 23 | | pursuant to subsection (e) or (f) may continue to be utilized |
| 24 | | so long as (i) the student's IEP team determines annually that |
| 25 | | such placement continues to be appropriate to meet the |
| 26 | | student's needs and (ii) at least every 3 years following the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 58 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | student's residential placement, the IEP team reviews |
| 2 | | appropriate placements approved by the State Board of |
| 3 | | Education pursuant to 23 Ill. Adm. Code 401 or other |
| 4 | | applicable laws or rules to determine whether there are any |
| 5 | | approved placements that can meet the student's needs, have |
| 6 | | accepted the student, and have availability for placement of |
| 7 | | the student. |
| 8 | | (h) The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules |
| 9 | | and regulations for determining when placement in a private |
| 10 | | special education facility is appropriate. Such rules and |
| 11 | | regulations shall take into account the various types of |
| 12 | | services needed by a child and the availability of such |
| 13 | | services to the particular child in the public school. In |
| 14 | | developing these rules and regulations the State Board of |
| 15 | | Education shall consult with the Advisory Council on Education |
| 16 | | of Children with Disabilities and hold public hearings to |
| 17 | | secure recommendations from parents, school personnel, and |
| 18 | | others concerned about this matter. |
| 19 | | The State Board of Education shall also promulgate rules |
| 20 | | and regulations for transportation to and from a residential |
| 21 | | school. Transportation to and from home to a residential |
| 22 | | school more than once each school term shall be subject to |
| 23 | | prior approval by the State Superintendent in accordance with |
| 24 | | the rules and regulations of the State Board. |
| 25 | | (i) A school district making tuition payments pursuant to |
| 26 | | this Section is eligible for reimbursement from the State for |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 59 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the amount of such payments actually made in excess of the |
| 2 | | district per capita tuition charge for students not receiving |
| 3 | | special education services. Such reimbursement shall be |
| 4 | | approved in accordance with Section 14-12.01 and each district |
| 5 | | shall file its claims, computed in accordance with rules |
| 6 | | prescribed by the State Board of Education, on forms |
| 7 | | prescribed by the State Superintendent of Education. Data used |
| 8 | | as a basis of reimbursement claims shall be for the preceding |
| 9 | | regular school term and summer school term. Each school |
| 10 | | district shall transmit its claims to the State Board of |
| 11 | | Education on or before August 15. However, for claims payable |
| 12 | | in Fiscal Year 2026, each school district shall transmit its |
| 13 | | claims to the State Board of Education on or before September |
| 14 | | 15. The State Board of Education, before approving any such |
| 15 | | claims, shall determine their accuracy and whether they are |
| 16 | | based upon services and facilities provided under approved |
| 17 | | programs. Upon approval the State Board shall cause vouchers |
| 18 | | to be prepared showing the amount due for payment of |
| 19 | | reimbursement claims to school districts, for transmittal to |
| 20 | | the State Comptroller on the 30th day of September, December, |
| 21 | | and March, respectively, and the final voucher, no later than |
| 22 | | June 20. However, for vouchers payable in Fiscal Year 2026, |
| 23 | | upon approval the State Board of Education shall cause |
| 24 | | vouchers to be prepared showing the amount due for payment of |
| 25 | | reimbursement claims to school districts, for transmittal to |
| 26 | | the State Comptroller on the 30th day of November, December, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 60 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and March, respectively, and the final voucher, no later than |
| 2 | | June 20. If the money appropriated by the General Assembly for |
| 3 | | such purpose for any year is insufficient, it shall be |
| 4 | | apportioned on the basis of the claims approved. |
| 5 | | (j) No child shall be placed in a special education |
| 6 | | program pursuant to this Section if the tuition cost for |
| 7 | | special education and related services increases more than 10 |
| 8 | | percent over the tuition cost for the previous school year or |
| 9 | | exceeds $4,500 per year unless such costs have been approved |
| 10 | | by the Illinois Purchased Care Review Board. The Illinois |
| 11 | | Purchased Care Review Board shall consist of the following |
| 12 | | persons, or their designees: the Directors of Children and |
| 13 | | Family Services, Public Health, Healthcare and Family |
| 14 | | Services, Public Aid, and the Governor's Office of Management |
| 15 | | and Budget; the Secretary of Human Services and one member |
| 16 | | designated by the Secretary representing the Division of |
| 17 | | Developmental Disabilities or the Division of Rehabilitation |
| 18 | | Services; the State Superintendent of Education; and such |
| 19 | | other persons as the Governor may designate. The Review Board |
| 20 | | shall also consist of one non-voting member who is an |
| 21 | | administrator of a private, nonpublic, special education |
| 22 | | school, one non-voting member who is an administrator of a |
| 23 | | separate public special education day school, and one |
| 24 | | non-voting member from a State agency that administers and |
| 25 | | provides early childhood education and care programs and |
| 26 | | services to children and families. The Review Board shall |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 61 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | establish rules and regulations for its determination of |
| 2 | | allowable costs and payments made by local school districts |
| 3 | | for special education, room and board, and other related |
| 4 | | services provided by non-public schools, separate public |
| 5 | | special education day schools, or special education facilities |
| 6 | | and shall establish uniform standards and criteria which it |
| 7 | | shall follow. The Review Board shall approve the usual and |
| 8 | | customary rate or rates of a special education program that |
| 9 | | (i) is offered by an out-of-state, non-public provider of |
| 10 | | integrated autism specific educational and autism specific |
| 11 | | residential services, (ii) offers 2 or more levels of |
| 12 | | residential care, including at least one locked facility, and |
| 13 | | (iii) serves 12 or fewer Illinois students. |
| 14 | | (k) In determining rates based on allowable costs, the |
| 15 | | Review Board shall consider any wage increases awarded by the |
| 16 | | General Assembly to front line personnel defined as direct |
| 17 | | support persons, aides, front-line supervisors, qualified |
| 18 | | intellectual disabilities professionals, nurses, and |
| 19 | | non-administrative support staff working in service settings |
| 20 | | in community-based settings within the State and adjust |
| 21 | | customary rates or rates of a special education program to be |
| 22 | | equitable to the wage increase awarded to similar staff |
| 23 | | positions in a community residential setting. Any wage |
| 24 | | increase awarded by the General Assembly to front line |
| 25 | | personnel defined as direct support persons, aides, front-line |
| 26 | | supervisors, qualified intellectual disabilities |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 62 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | professionals, nurses, and non-administrative support staff |
| 2 | | working in community-based settings within the State, |
| 3 | | including the $0.75 per hour increase contained in Public Act |
| 4 | | 100-23 and the $0.50 per hour increase included in Public Act |
| 5 | | 100-23, shall also be a basis for any facility covered by this |
| 6 | | Section to appeal its rate before the Review Board under the |
| 7 | | process defined in Title 89, Part 900, Section 340 of the |
| 8 | | Illinois Administrative Code. Illinois Administrative Code |
| 9 | | Title 89, Part 900, Section 342 shall be updated to recognize |
| 10 | | wage increases awarded to community-based settings to be a |
| 11 | | basis for appeal. However, any wage increase that is captured |
| 12 | | upon appeal from a previous year shall not be counted by the |
| 13 | | Review Board as revenue for the purpose of calculating a |
| 14 | | facility's future rate. |
| 15 | | (l) Any definition used by the Review Board in |
| 16 | | administrative rule or policy to define "related |
| 17 | | organizations" shall include any and all exceptions contained |
| 18 | | in federal law or regulation as it pertains to the federal |
| 19 | | definition of "related organizations". |
| 20 | | (m) The Review Board shall establish uniform definitions |
| 21 | | and criteria for accounting separately by special education, |
| 22 | | room and board and other related services costs. The Board |
| 23 | | shall also establish guidelines for the coordination of |
| 24 | | services and financial assistance provided by all State |
| 25 | | agencies to assure that no otherwise qualified child with a |
| 26 | | disability receiving services under Article 14 shall be |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 63 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of or |
| 2 | | be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity |
| 3 | | provided by any State agency. |
| 4 | | (n) The Review Board shall review the costs for special |
| 5 | | education and related services provided by non-public schools, |
| 6 | | separate public special education day schools, or special |
| 7 | | education facilities and shall approve or disapprove such |
| 8 | | facilities in accordance with the rules and regulations |
| 9 | | established by it with respect to allowable costs. |
| 10 | | (o) The State Board of Education shall provide |
| 11 | | administrative and staff support for the Review Board as |
| 12 | | deemed reasonable by the State Superintendent of Education. |
| 13 | | This support shall not include travel expenses or other |
| 14 | | compensation for any Review Board member other than the State |
| 15 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 16 | | (p) The Review Board shall seek the advice of the Advisory |
| 17 | | Council on Education of Children with Disabilities on the |
| 18 | | rules and regulations to be promulgated by it relative to |
| 19 | | providing special education services. |
| 20 | | (q) If a child has been placed in a program in which the |
| 21 | | actual per pupil costs of tuition for special education and |
| 22 | | related services based on program enrollment, excluding room, |
| 23 | | board and transportation costs, exceed $4,500 and such costs |
| 24 | | have been approved by the Review Board, the district shall pay |
| 25 | | such total costs which exceed $4,500. A district making such |
| 26 | | tuition payments in excess of $4,500 pursuant to this Section |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 64 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | shall be responsible for an amount in excess of $4,500 equal to |
| 2 | | the district per capita tuition charge and shall be eligible |
| 3 | | for reimbursement from the State for the amount of such |
| 4 | | payments actually made in excess of the district's per capita |
| 5 | | tuition charge for students not receiving special education |
| 6 | | services. If a child has been placed in a private special |
| 7 | | education school, separate public special education day |
| 8 | | school, or private special education facility, a district |
| 9 | | making tuition payments in excess of $4,500 pursuant to this |
| 10 | | Section shall be responsible for an amount in excess of $4,500 |
| 11 | | equal to 2 times the district's per capita tuition charge and |
| 12 | | shall be eligible for reimbursement from the State for the |
| 13 | | amount of such payments actually made in excess of 2 times the |
| 14 | | district's per capita tuition charge for students not |
| 15 | | receiving special education services. |
| 16 | | (r) If a child has been placed in an approved individual |
| 17 | | program and the tuition costs including room and board costs |
| 18 | | have been approved by the Review Board, then such room and |
| 19 | | board costs shall be paid by the appropriate State agency |
| 20 | | subject to the provisions of Section 14-8.01 of this Act. Room |
| 21 | | and board costs not provided by a State agency other than the |
| 22 | | State Board of Education shall be provided by the State Board |
| 23 | | of Education on a current basis. In no event, however, shall |
| 24 | | the State's liability for funding of these tuition costs begin |
| 25 | | until after the legal obligations of third party payors have |
| 26 | | been subtracted from such costs. If the money appropriated by |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 65 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the General Assembly for such purpose for any year is |
| 2 | | insufficient, it shall be apportioned on the basis of the |
| 3 | | claims approved. Each district shall submit estimated claims |
| 4 | | to the State Superintendent of Education. Upon approval of |
| 5 | | such claims, the State Superintendent of Education shall |
| 6 | | direct the State Comptroller to make payments on a monthly |
| 7 | | basis. The frequency for submitting estimated claims and the |
| 8 | | method of determining payment shall be prescribed in rules and |
| 9 | | regulations adopted by the State Board of Education. Such |
| 10 | | current state reimbursement shall be reduced by an amount |
| 11 | | equal to the proceeds which the child or child's parents are |
| 12 | | eligible to receive under any public or private insurance or |
| 13 | | assistance program. Nothing in this Section shall be construed |
| 14 | | as relieving an insurer or similar third party from an |
| 15 | | otherwise valid obligation to provide or to pay for services |
| 16 | | provided to a child with a disability. |
| 17 | | (s) If it otherwise qualifies, a school district is |
| 18 | | eligible for the transportation reimbursement under Section |
| 19 | | 14-13.01 and for the reimbursement of tuition payments under |
| 20 | | this Section whether the non-public school or special |
| 21 | | education facility, public out-of-state school or county |
| 22 | | special education facility, attended by a child who resides in |
| 23 | | that district and requires special educational services, is |
| 24 | | within or outside of the State of Illinois. However, a |
| 25 | | district is not eligible to claim transportation reimbursement |
| 26 | | under this Section unless the district certifies to the State |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 66 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Superintendent of Education that the district is unable to |
| 2 | | provide special educational services required by the child for |
| 3 | | the current school year. |
| 4 | | (t) Nothing in this Section authorizes the reimbursement |
| 5 | | of a school district for the amount paid for tuition of a child |
| 6 | | attending a non-public school or special education facility, a |
| 7 | | public special education facility, a public out-of-state |
| 8 | | school, or a county special education facility unless the |
| 9 | | school district certifies to the State Superintendent of |
| 10 | | Education that the special education program of that district |
| 11 | | is unable to meet the needs of that child because of the |
| 12 | | child's disability and the State Superintendent of Education |
| 13 | | finds that the school district is in substantial compliance |
| 14 | | with Section 14-4.01. However, if a child is unilaterally |
| 15 | | placed by a State agency or any court in a non-public school or |
| 16 | | special education facility, public out-of-state school, or |
| 17 | | county special education facility, a school district shall not |
| 18 | | be required to certify to the State Superintendent of |
| 19 | | Education, for the purpose of tuition reimbursement, that the |
| 20 | | special education program of that district is unable to meet |
| 21 | | the needs of a child because of his or her disability. |
| 22 | | (u) Any educational or related services provided, pursuant |
| 23 | | to this Section in a non-public school or special education |
| 24 | | facility or a special education facility owned and operated by |
| 25 | | a county government unit shall be at no cost to the parent or |
| 26 | | guardian of the child. However, current law and practices |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 67 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | relative to contributions by parents or guardians for costs |
| 2 | | other than educational or related services are not affected by |
| 3 | | this amendatory Act of 1978. |
| 4 | | (v) Reimbursement for children attending public school |
| 5 | | residential facilities shall be made in accordance with the |
| 6 | | provisions of this Section. |
| 7 | | (w) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
| 8 | | district receiving a payment under this Section or under |
| 9 | | Section 14-7.02b, 14-13.01, or 29-5 of this Code may classify |
| 10 | | all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular |
| 11 | | fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section |
| 12 | | 18-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection with any |
| 13 | | funding program for which it is entitled to receive funds from |
| 14 | | the State in that fiscal year (including, without limitation, |
| 15 | | any funding program referenced in this Section), regardless of |
| 16 | | the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not |
| 17 | | classify more funds as funds received in connection with the |
| 18 | | funding program than the district is entitled to receive in |
| 19 | | that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a |
| 20 | | district must be made by a resolution of its board of |
| 21 | | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any |
| 22 | | payments or general State aid to be classified under this |
| 23 | | paragraph and must specify the funding program to which the |
| 24 | | funds are to be treated as received in connection therewith. |
| 25 | | This resolution is controlling as to the classification of |
| 26 | | funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the resolution |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 68 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education. The |
| 2 | | resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the |
| 3 | | resolution has not been sent to the State Superintendent of |
| 4 | | Education in a timely manner. No classification under this |
| 5 | | paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount or |
| 6 | | timing of money the district is entitled to receive under this |
| 7 | | Code. No classification under this paragraph by a district |
| 8 | | shall in any way relieve the district from or affect any |
| 9 | | requirements that otherwise would apply with respect to that |
| 10 | | funding program, including any accounting of funds by source, |
| 11 | | reporting expenditures by original source and purpose, |
| 12 | | reporting requirements, or requirements of providing services. |
| 13 | | (x) The State Board of Education may adopt such rules as |
| 14 | | may be necessary to implement this Section. |
| 15 | | (Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-546, eff. 8-11-23; |
| 16 | | 103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-644, eff. 7-1-24; 104-2, eff. |
| 17 | | 6-16-25.) |
| 18 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) |
| 19 | | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success |
| 20 | | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. |
| 21 | | (a) General provisions. |
| 22 | | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by |
| 23 | | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten |
| 24 | | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity |
| 25 | | to ensure the educational development of all persons to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 69 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section |
| 2 | | 1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of |
| 3 | | Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section |
| 4 | | creates a method of funding public education that is |
| 5 | | evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student |
| 6 | | receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of |
| 7 | | race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or |
| 8 | | community-income level; and is sustainable and |
| 9 | | predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every |
| 10 | | school shall have the resources, based on what the |
| 11 | | evidence indicates is needed, to: |
| 12 | | (A) provide all students with a high quality |
| 13 | | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social |
| 14 | | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused |
| 15 | | programs that will allow them to become competitive |
| 16 | | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of |
| 17 | | this State, and active members of our national |
| 18 | | democracy; |
| 19 | | (B) ensure all students receive the education they |
| 20 | | need to graduate from high school with the skills |
| 21 | | required to pursue post-secondary education and |
| 22 | | training for a rewarding career; |
| 23 | | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the |
| 24 | | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk |
| 25 | | students by raising the performance of at-risk |
| 26 | | students and not by reducing standards; and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 70 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to |
| 2 | | assume the primary responsibility to fund public |
| 3 | | education and simultaneously relieve the |
| 4 | | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes |
| 5 | | to fund schools. |
| 6 | | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this |
| 7 | | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in |
| 8 | | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in |
| 9 | | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 |
| 10 | | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both |
| 11 | | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in |
| 12 | | this Section, there are 4 major components of the |
| 13 | | Evidence-Based Funding model: |
| 14 | | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy |
| 15 | | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that |
| 16 | | considers the costs to implement research-based |
| 17 | | activities, the unit's student demographics, and |
| 18 | | regional wage differences. |
| 19 | | (B) Second, the model calculates each |
| 20 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount |
| 21 | | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute |
| 22 | | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. |
| 23 | | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding |
| 24 | | the State currently contributes to the Organizational |
| 25 | | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to |
| 26 | | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 71 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | funding. |
| 2 | | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method |
| 3 | | allocates new State funding to those Organizational |
| 4 | | Units that are least well-funded, considering both |
| 5 | | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their |
| 6 | | Adequacy Target. |
| 7 | | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under |
| 8 | | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received |
| 9 | | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make |
| 10 | | expenditures by law. |
| 11 | | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall |
| 12 | | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): |
| 13 | | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 14 | | subsection (b) of this Section. |
| 15 | | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
| 16 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
| 17 | | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in |
| 18 | | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
| 19 | | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all |
| 20 | | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent |
| 21 | | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a |
| 22 | | transportation rate based on total expenses for |
| 23 | | transportation services under this Code, as reported on |
| 24 | | the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil |
| 25 | | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the |
| 26 | | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 72 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding |
| 2 | | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding |
| 3 | | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, |
| 4 | | or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant |
| 5 | | to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of |
| 6 | | this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an |
| 7 | | Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of |
| 8 | | Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for |
| 9 | | prior years for regular, vocational, or special education |
| 10 | | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or |
| 11 | | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the |
| 12 | | total transportation expenses, as defined in this |
| 13 | | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from |
| 14 | | the Operating Tax Rate. |
| 15 | | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
| 16 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
| 17 | | "Alternative School" means a public school that is |
| 18 | | created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
| 19 | | schools and approved by the State Board. |
| 20 | | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 21 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
| 22 | | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress |
| 23 | | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, |
| 24 | | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that |
| 25 | | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and |
| 26 | | meeting the needs of the students they serve. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 73 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator |
| 2 | | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in |
| 3 | | this State. |
| 4 | | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of |
| 5 | | not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not |
| 6 | | graduating from elementary or high school and who |
| 7 | | demonstrates a need for vocational support or social |
| 8 | | services beyond that provided by the regular school |
| 9 | | program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's |
| 10 | | Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and |
| 11 | | disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall |
| 12 | | be considered at-risk students under this Section. |
| 13 | | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year |
| 14 | | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the |
| 15 | | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported |
| 16 | | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit |
| 17 | | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, |
| 18 | | plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special |
| 19 | | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to |
| 20 | | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding |
| 21 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
| 22 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
| 23 | | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the |
| 24 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
| 25 | | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State |
| 26 | | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 74 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent |
| 2 | | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, |
| 3 | | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average |
| 4 | | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the |
| 5 | | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on |
| 6 | | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school |
| 7 | | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive |
| 8 | | special education services as reported to the State Board |
| 9 | | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding |
| 10 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
| 11 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
| 12 | | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the |
| 13 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
| 14 | | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and |
| 15 | | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school |
| 16 | | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in |
| 17 | | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students |
| 18 | | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools |
| 19 | | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or |
| 20 | | would attend if not placed or transferred to another |
| 21 | | school or program to receive needed services. For the |
| 22 | | purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K |
| 23 | | through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a |
| 24 | | half day and students attending an alternative education |
| 25 | | program operated by a regional office of education or |
| 26 | | intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 75 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be |
| 2 | | counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in |
| 3 | | subsequent years, the school district reports to the State |
| 4 | | Board of Education the intent to implement full-day |
| 5 | | kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all |
| 6 | | students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. |
| 7 | | Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be |
| 8 | | counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or |
| 9 | | has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment |
| 10 | | count by grade or a December 1 collection of special |
| 11 | | education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 |
| 12 | | (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall |
| 13 | | establish such collection for all future years. For any |
| 14 | | year in which a count by grade level was collected only |
| 15 | | once, that count shall be used as the single count |
| 16 | | available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for |
| 17 | | programs operated by a regional office of education or an |
| 18 | | intermediate service center must be calculated using the |
| 19 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the |
| 20 | | 2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year |
| 21 | | until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted |
| 22 | | for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a |
| 23 | | regional office of education or an intermediate service |
| 24 | | center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for |
| 25 | | the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used |
| 26 | | in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 76 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | year only, the assignment of students served by a regional |
| 2 | | office of education or intermediate service center shall |
| 3 | | not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any |
| 4 | | school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE |
| 5 | | must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year |
| 6 | | average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the |
| 7 | | ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the |
| 8 | | 3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data |
| 9 | | for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days |
| 10 | | of the dates required in this Section for submission of |
| 11 | | enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE |
| 12 | | calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE |
| 13 | | calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October |
| 14 | | 1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the |
| 15 | | definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall |
| 16 | | be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal |
| 17 | | years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through |
| 18 | | 2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE |
| 19 | | representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the |
| 20 | | greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or |
| 21 | | the 2019-2020 school year. |
| 22 | | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) |
| 23 | | of subsection (g) of this Section. |
| 24 | | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
| 25 | | this Section. |
| 26 | | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 77 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State |
| 2 | | aid. |
| 3 | | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the |
| 4 | | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk |
| 5 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as |
| 6 | | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. |
| 7 | | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of |
| 8 | | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target |
| 9 | | attributable to bilingual education divided by the |
| 10 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product |
| 11 | | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding |
| 12 | | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational |
| 13 | | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual |
| 14 | | education shall include all additional investments in |
| 15 | | English learner students' adequacy elements. |
| 16 | | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary |
| 17 | | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. |
| 18 | | "Central office" means individual administrators and |
| 19 | | support service personnel charged with managing the |
| 20 | | instructional programs, business and operations, and |
| 21 | | security of the Organizational Unit. |
| 22 | | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost |
| 23 | | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional |
| 24 | | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are |
| 25 | | not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, |
| 26 | | for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 78 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the |
| 2 | | National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently |
| 3 | | updated by Texas A & M University. For State Fiscal Year |
| 4 | | 2026 In the fourth and subsequent fiscal years of |
| 5 | | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State |
| 6 | | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using the |
| 7 | | methodology identified in a comparable wage index study |
| 8 | | developed by the University of Illinois, with adjustments |
| 9 | | made no less frequently than once every 5 fiscal years. |
| 10 | | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers |
| 11 | | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, |
| 12 | | instructional software, security software, curriculum |
| 13 | | management courseware, and other similar materials and |
| 14 | | equipment. |
| 15 | | "Computer technology and equipment investment |
| 16 | | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an |
| 17 | | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the |
| 18 | | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 |
| 19 | | per student computer technology and equipment investment |
| 20 | | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
| 21 | | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the |
| 22 | | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. |
| 23 | | An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final |
| 24 | | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer |
| 25 | | technology and equipment investment grant shall include |
| 26 | | all additional investments in computer technology and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 79 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | equipment adequacy elements. |
| 2 | | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, |
| 3 | | English, writing, and language arts; history and social |
| 4 | | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced |
| 5 | | Placement in high schools. |
| 6 | | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in |
| 7 | | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in |
| 8 | | middle and high schools. |
| 9 | | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed |
| 10 | | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to |
| 11 | | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. |
| 12 | | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement |
| 13 | | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the |
| 14 | | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a |
| 15 | | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the |
| 16 | | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the |
| 17 | | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and |
| 18 | | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection |
| 19 | | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public |
| 20 | | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
| 21 | | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in |
| 22 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and |
| 23 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection |
| 24 | | (d) of this Section. |
| 25 | | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
| 26 | | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 80 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | services in elementary and secondary schools on a |
| 2 | | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding |
| 3 | | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. |
| 4 | | "EIS Data" means the employment information system |
| 5 | | data maintained by the State Board on educators within |
| 6 | | Organizational Units. |
| 7 | | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision |
| 8 | | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, |
| 9 | | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment |
| 10 | | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher |
| 11 | | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and |
| 12 | | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. |
| 13 | | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in |
| 14 | | the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 |
| 15 | | of this Code participating in a program of transitional |
| 16 | | bilingual education or a transitional program of |
| 17 | | instruction meeting the requirements and program |
| 18 | | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For |
| 19 | | the purposes of collecting the number of EL students |
| 20 | | enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology |
| 21 | | as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English |
| 22 | | learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment |
| 23 | | shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through |
| 24 | | 12. |
| 25 | | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, |
| 26 | | and educational programs that have been identified through |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 81 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | academic research as necessary to improve student success, |
| 2 | | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and |
| 3 | | provide for other per student costs related to the |
| 4 | | delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as |
| 5 | | well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and |
| 6 | | which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of |
| 7 | | this Section. |
| 8 | | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided |
| 9 | | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. |
| 10 | | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs |
| 11 | | provided to students outside the regular school day before |
| 12 | | and after school or during non-instructional times during |
| 13 | | the school day. |
| 14 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio |
| 15 | | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension |
| 16 | | and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. |
| 17 | | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph |
| 18 | | (4) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
| 19 | | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
| 20 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
| 21 | | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time |
| 22 | | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant |
| 23 | | position at an Organizational Unit. |
| 24 | | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 25 | | subsection (g). |
| 26 | | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 82 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. |
| 2 | | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special |
| 3 | | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in |
| 4 | | the classroom and provides academic support to students. |
| 5 | | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher |
| 6 | | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches |
| 7 | | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides |
| 8 | | instructional support to teachers in the elements of |
| 9 | | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment |
| 10 | | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment |
| 11 | | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or |
| 12 | | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses |
| 13 | | standards-based instructional materials; provides |
| 14 | | teachers with an understanding of current research; serves |
| 15 | | as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead |
| 16 | | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in |
| 17 | | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional |
| 18 | | practice or develop model lessons. |
| 19 | | "Instructional materials" means relevant |
| 20 | | instructional materials for student instruction, |
| 21 | | including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable |
| 22 | | workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other |
| 23 | | similar materials. |
| 24 | | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
| 25 | | created and operated by a public university and approved |
| 26 | | by the State Board. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 83 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a |
| 2 | | library information specialist or another individual whose |
| 3 | | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources |
| 4 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
| 5 | | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the |
| 6 | | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. |
| 7 | | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 8 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
| 9 | | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph |
| 10 | | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
| 11 | | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) |
| 12 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
| 13 | | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
| 14 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
| 15 | | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit |
| 16 | | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of |
| 17 | | students for the prior school year or the immediately |
| 18 | | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the |
| 19 | | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the |
| 20 | | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least |
| 21 | | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the |
| 22 | | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance |
| 23 | | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition |
| 24 | | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for |
| 25 | | services provided by the Department of Children and Family |
| 26 | | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 84 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | populations become available, grade level low-income |
| 2 | | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income |
| 3 | | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. |
| 4 | | The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the |
| 5 | | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The |
| 6 | | low-income percentage for a regional office of education |
| 7 | | or an intermediate service center operating one or more |
| 8 | | alternative education programs must be set to the weighted |
| 9 | | average of the low-income percentages of all of the school |
| 10 | | districts in the service region. The weighted low-income |
| 11 | | percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income |
| 12 | | percentage of each school district served by the regional |
| 13 | | office of education or intermediate service center by each |
| 14 | | school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing |
| 15 | | those products and dividing the total by the total Average |
| 16 | | Student Enrollment for the service region. |
| 17 | | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, |
| 18 | | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, |
| 19 | | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other |
| 20 | | similar services and functions. |
| 21 | | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of |
| 22 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
| 23 | | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
| 24 | | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under |
| 25 | | Section 2-3.170 of this Code. |
| 26 | | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 85 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in |
| 2 | | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding |
| 3 | | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. |
| 4 | | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified |
| 5 | | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for |
| 6 | | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of |
| 7 | | and is available to provide health care-related services |
| 8 | | for students of an Organizational Unit. |
| 9 | | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the |
| 10 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
| 11 | | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
| 12 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
| 13 | | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the |
| 14 | | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the |
| 15 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
| 16 | | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
| 17 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
| 18 | | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any |
| 19 | | public school district that is recognized as such by the |
| 20 | | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically |
| 21 | | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools |
| 22 | | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools |
| 23 | | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program |
| 24 | | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program |
| 25 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
| 26 | | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 86 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels |
| 2 | | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary |
| 3 | | slightly from what is typical. |
| 4 | | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating |
| 5 | | the CWI in the region and original county in which an |
| 6 | | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is |
| 7 | | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if |
| 8 | | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance |
| 9 | | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational |
| 10 | | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current |
| 11 | | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that |
| 12 | | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a |
| 13 | | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated |
| 14 | | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent |
| 15 | | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent |
| 16 | | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the |
| 17 | | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois |
| 18 | | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
| 19 | | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, |
| 20 | | the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 |
| 21 | | and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted |
| 22 | | at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, |
| 23 | | the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 |
| 24 | | and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted |
| 25 | | at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and |
| 26 | | its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 87 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Organizational Unit CWI. |
| 2 | | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year |
| 3 | | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. |
| 4 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of |
| 5 | | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county |
| 6 | | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the |
| 7 | | Operating Tax Rate. |
| 8 | | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in |
| 9 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
| 10 | | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
| 11 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
| 12 | | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed |
| 13 | | to be employed as a principal in this State. |
| 14 | | "Professional development" means training programs for |
| 15 | | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, |
| 16 | | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum |
| 17 | | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data |
| 18 | | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
| 19 | | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, |
| 20 | | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, |
| 21 | | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural |
| 22 | | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide |
| 23 | | professional support for licensed staff. |
| 24 | | "Prototypical" means 450 special education |
| 25 | | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students |
| 26 | | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 88 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students |
| 2 | | for a high school. |
| 3 | | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation |
| 4 | | Law. |
| 5 | | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection |
| 6 | | (d) of this Section. |
| 7 | | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, |
| 8 | | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff |
| 9 | | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling |
| 10 | | students. |
| 11 | | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 12 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
| 13 | | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular |
| 14 | | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the |
| 15 | | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. |
| 16 | | "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor |
| 17 | | who provides guidance and counseling support for students |
| 18 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
| 19 | | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary |
| 20 | | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a |
| 21 | | school. |
| 22 | | "Special education" means special educational |
| 23 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of |
| 24 | | this Code. |
| 25 | | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 89 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's |
| 2 | | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be |
| 3 | | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant |
| 4 | | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
| 5 | | Target attributable to special education shall include all |
| 6 | | special education investment adequacy elements. |
| 7 | | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides |
| 8 | | instruction in subject areas not included in core |
| 9 | | subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music, |
| 10 | | physical education, health, driver education, |
| 11 | | career-technical education, and such other subject areas |
| 12 | | as may be mandated by State law or provided by an |
| 13 | | Organizational Unit. |
| 14 | | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, |
| 15 | | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, |
| 16 | | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the |
| 17 | | State Board as a special education cooperative, |
| 18 | | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning |
| 19 | | opportunities program that received direct funding from |
| 20 | | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through |
| 21 | | any of the funding sources included within the calculation |
| 22 | | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. |
| 23 | | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
| 24 | | general State aid funding received by an Organizational |
| 25 | | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to |
| 26 | | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 90 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | repealed). |
| 2 | | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy |
| 3 | | Targets of all Organizational Units. |
| 4 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
| 5 | | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent |
| 6 | | of Education. |
| 7 | | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by |
| 8 | | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for |
| 9 | | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, |
| 10 | | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and |
| 11 | | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, |
| 12 | | thereby creating an average weighted index. |
| 13 | | "Student activities" means non-credit producing |
| 14 | | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, |
| 15 | | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by |
| 16 | | the school board of the Organizational Unit. |
| 17 | | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or |
| 18 | | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational |
| 19 | | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on |
| 20 | | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace |
| 21 | | another staff member. |
| 22 | | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs |
| 23 | | provided to students during the summer months outside of |
| 24 | | the regular school year. |
| 25 | | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member |
| 26 | | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 91 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations |
| 2 | | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and |
| 3 | | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising |
| 4 | | students when being transported in buses serving the |
| 5 | | Organizational Unit. |
| 6 | | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
| 7 | | subsection (g). |
| 8 | | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined |
| 9 | | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). |
| 10 | | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate |
| 11 | | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 |
| 12 | | Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of |
| 13 | | subsection (g). |
| 14 | | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. |
| 15 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the |
| 16 | | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing |
| 17 | | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this |
| 18 | | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential |
| 19 | | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated |
| 20 | | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). |
| 21 | | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro |
| 22 | | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each |
| 23 | | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), |
| 24 | | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based |
| 25 | | on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set |
| 26 | | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 92 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups |
| 2 | | thereto are as follows: |
| 3 | | (A) Core class size investments. Each |
| 4 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required |
| 5 | | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions |
| 6 | | as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the |
| 7 | | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: |
| 8 | | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the |
| 9 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
| 10 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
| 11 | | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
| 12 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 |
| 13 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
| 14 | | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the |
| 15 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
| 16 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
| 17 | | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
| 18 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 |
| 19 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
| 20 | | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a |
| 21 | | grade shall be determined by subtracting the |
| 22 | | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the |
| 23 | | Organizational Unit for that grade. |
| 24 | | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
| 25 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 26 | | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 93 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | positions that correspond to the following |
| 2 | | percentages: |
| 3 | | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an |
| 4 | | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the |
| 5 | | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, |
| 6 | | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this |
| 7 | | paragraph (2); and |
| 8 | | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a |
| 9 | | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the |
| 10 | | Organizational Unit's core teachers. |
| 11 | | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each |
| 12 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 13 | | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position |
| 14 | | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
| 15 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
| 16 | | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. |
| 17 | | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. |
| 18 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding |
| 19 | | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each |
| 20 | | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. |
| 21 | | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each |
| 22 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 23 | | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to |
| 24 | | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
| 25 | | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time |
| 26 | | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 94 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers |
| 2 | | and instructional assistants, instructional |
| 3 | | facilitators, and summer school and extended day |
| 4 | | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph |
| 5 | | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary |
| 6 | | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the |
| 7 | | average salary of each instructional assistant |
| 8 | | position. |
| 9 | | (F) Core school counselor investments. Each |
| 10 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 11 | | to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450 |
| 12 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 13 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 |
| 14 | | students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 |
| 15 | | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus |
| 16 | | one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through |
| 17 | | 12 ASE high school students. |
| 18 | | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit |
| 19 | | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
| 20 | | nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
| 21 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
| 22 | | through grade 12 students across all grade levels it |
| 23 | | serves. |
| 24 | | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each |
| 25 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 26 | | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 95 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
| 2 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
| 3 | | for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE |
| 4 | | for each 200 ASE high school students. |
| 5 | | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational |
| 6 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
| 7 | | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, |
| 8 | | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or |
| 9 | | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of |
| 10 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
| 11 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students. |
| 12 | | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational |
| 13 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
| 14 | | principal position for each prototypical elementary |
| 15 | | school, plus one FTE principal position for each |
| 16 | | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal |
| 17 | | position for each prototypical high school. |
| 18 | | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each |
| 19 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| 20 | | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each |
| 21 | | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant |
| 22 | | principal position for each prototypical middle |
| 23 | | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for |
| 24 | | each prototypical high school. |
| 25 | | (L) School site staff investments. Each |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 96 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of |
| 2 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
| 3 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
| 4 | | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus |
| 5 | | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school |
| 6 | | students. |
| 7 | | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit |
| 8 | | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 9 | | ASE. |
| 10 | | (N) Professional development investments. Each |
| 11 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of |
| 12 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 13 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 14 | | students for trainers and other professional |
| 15 | | development-related expenses for supplies and |
| 16 | | materials. |
| 17 | | (O) Instructional material investments. Each |
| 18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of |
| 19 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 20 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 21 | | students to cover instructional material costs. |
| 22 | | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational |
| 23 | | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE |
| 24 | | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
| 25 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover |
| 26 | | assessment costs. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 97 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. |
| 2 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per |
| 3 | | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
| 4 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
| 5 | | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology |
| 6 | | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and |
| 7 | | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned |
| 8 | | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall |
| 9 | | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the |
| 10 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 11 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 12 | | students to cover computer technology and equipment |
| 13 | | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. |
| 14 | | The State Board may establish additional requirements |
| 15 | | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received |
| 16 | | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a |
| 17 | | requirement that funds received pursuant to this |
| 18 | | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the |
| 19 | | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of |
| 20 | | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts |
| 21 | | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the |
| 22 | | following year, subject to compliance with the |
| 23 | | requirements of the State Board. |
| 24 | | (R) Student activities investments. Each |
| 25 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
| 26 | | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 98 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary |
| 2 | | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, |
| 3 | | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. |
| 4 | | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each |
| 5 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student |
| 6 | | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 7 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 8 | | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations |
| 9 | | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and |
| 10 | | materials, as well as purchased services, but |
| 11 | | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary |
| 12 | | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and |
| 13 | | the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. |
| 14 | | (T) Central office investments. Each |
| 15 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of |
| 16 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 17 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 18 | | students to cover central office operations, including |
| 19 | | administrators and classified personnel charged with |
| 20 | | managing the instructional programs, business and |
| 21 | | operations of the school district, and security |
| 22 | | personnel. The proportion of salary for the |
| 23 | | application of a Regionalization Factor and the |
| 24 | | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. |
| 25 | | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 99 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, |
| 2 | | excluding substitute teachers and student activities |
| 3 | | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central |
| 4 | | office and maintenance and operations investments, the |
| 5 | | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary |
| 6 | | proportion of each investment. If at any time the |
| 7 | | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of |
| 8 | | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then |
| 9 | | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement |
| 10 | | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the |
| 11 | | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year |
| 12 | | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any |
| 13 | | fiscal year in which a school district organized under |
| 14 | | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the |
| 15 | | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that |
| 16 | | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for |
| 17 | | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public |
| 18 | | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of |
| 19 | | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the |
| 20 | | preceding school year that is statutorily required to |
| 21 | | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree |
| 22 | | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified |
| 23 | | in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement |
| 24 | | System of the State of Illinois and the Public School |
| 25 | | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall |
| 26 | | submit such information as the State Superintendent |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 100 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | may require for the calculations set forth in this |
| 2 | | subparagraph (U). |
| 3 | | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. |
| 4 | | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding |
| 5 | | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit |
| 6 | | shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
| 7 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
| 8 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
| 9 | | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
| 10 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
| 11 | | every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
| 12 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
| 13 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and |
| 14 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
| 15 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. |
| 16 | | (W) Additional investments in English learner |
| 17 | | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other |
| 18 | | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational |
| 19 | | Unit shall receive funding based on the average |
| 20 | | teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the |
| 21 | | costs of: |
| 22 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
| 23 | | position for every 125 English learner students; |
| 24 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
| 25 | | every 125 English learner students; |
| 26 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 101 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for every 120 English learner students; |
| 2 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
| 3 | | for every 120 English learner students; and |
| 4 | | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every |
| 5 | | 100 English learner students. |
| 6 | | (X) Special education investments. Each |
| 7 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the |
| 8 | | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to |
| 9 | | cover special education as follows: |
| 10 | | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 |
| 11 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 12 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 13 | | students; |
| 14 | | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every |
| 15 | | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
| 16 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
| 17 | | students; and |
| 18 | | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every |
| 19 | | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
| 20 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through |
| 21 | | grade 12 students. |
| 22 | | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the |
| 23 | | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall |
| 24 | | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar |
| 25 | | using the employment information system data maintained by |
| 26 | | the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 102 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, |
| 2 | | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, |
| 3 | | and charter schools, for the following positions: |
| 4 | | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. |
| 5 | | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. |
| 6 | | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. |
| 7 | | (D) School counselor for grades K through 8. |
| 8 | | (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12. |
| 9 | | (F) School counselor for grades K through 12. |
| 10 | | (G) Social worker. |
| 11 | | (H) Psychologist. |
| 12 | | (I) Librarian. |
| 13 | | (J) Nurse. |
| 14 | | (K) Principal. |
| 15 | | (L) Assistant principal. |
| 16 | | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" |
| 17 | | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, |
| 18 | | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education |
| 19 | | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner |
| 20 | | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school |
| 21 | | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for |
| 22 | | the Essential Elements, the average salary for |
| 23 | | corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute |
| 24 | | teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through |
| 25 | | 12 shall apply. |
| 26 | | For calculating the salaries included within the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 103 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS |
| 2 | | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first |
| 3 | | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: |
| 4 | | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and |
| 5 | | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional |
| 6 | | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or |
| 7 | | supervisory aide: $25,000. |
| 8 | | In the second and subsequent years of implementation |
| 9 | | of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and |
| 10 | | (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the |
| 11 | | ECI. |
| 12 | | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements |
| 13 | | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) |
| 14 | | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of |
| 15 | | subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a |
| 16 | | Regionalization Factor. |
| 17 | | (c) Local Capacity calculation. |
| 18 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
| 19 | | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to |
| 20 | | contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the |
| 21 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local |
| 22 | | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local |
| 23 | | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph |
| 24 | | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal |
| 25 | | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 104 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
| 2 | | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local |
| 3 | | Capacity Target. |
| 4 | | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an |
| 5 | | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained |
| 6 | | by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity |
| 7 | | Ratio. |
| 8 | | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
| 9 | | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational |
| 10 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is |
| 11 | | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this |
| 12 | | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution |
| 13 | | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each |
| 14 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
| 15 | | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of |
| 16 | | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph |
| 17 | | (C) of this paragraph (2). |
| 18 | | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio |
| 19 | | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing |
| 20 | | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by |
| 21 | | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further |
| 22 | | adjusted as follows: |
| 23 | | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades |
| 24 | | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no |
| 25 | | further adjustments shall be made; |
| 26 | | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 105 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
| 2 | | multiplied by 9/13; |
| 3 | | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
| 4 | | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be |
| 5 | | multiplied by 4/13; and |
| 6 | | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a |
| 7 | | different grade configuration than those specified |
| 8 | | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph |
| 9 | | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a |
| 10 | | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. |
| 11 | | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the |
| 12 | | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity |
| 13 | | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local |
| 14 | | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting |
| 15 | | in a percentile ranking to determine each |
| 16 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
| 17 | | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity |
| 18 | | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a |
| 19 | | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall |
| 20 | | be calculated using the standard normal distribution |
| 21 | | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and |
| 22 | | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios |
| 23 | | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to |
| 24 | | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value |
| 25 | | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the |
| 26 | | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 106 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
| 2 | | the public university that are allocated to the |
| 3 | | Laboratory School. For a regional office of education |
| 4 | | or an intermediate service center operating one or |
| 5 | | more alternative education programs, the Local |
| 6 | | Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in recognition |
| 7 | | of the absence of EAV and resources from school |
| 8 | | districts that are allocated to the regional office of |
| 9 | | education or intermediate service center. The weighted |
| 10 | | mean for the Local Capacity Percentage shall be |
| 11 | | determined by multiplying each Organizational Unit's |
| 12 | | Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit |
| 13 | | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values |
| 14 | | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total |
| 15 | | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard |
| 16 | | deviation shall be determined by taking the square |
| 17 | | root of the weighted variance of all Organizational |
| 18 | | Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is |
| 19 | | calculated by squaring the difference between each |
| 20 | | unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, |
| 21 | | then multiplying the variance for each unit times the |
| 22 | | ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each |
| 23 | | unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and |
| 24 | | dividing by the total ASE of all units. |
| 25 | | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 107 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's |
| 2 | | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
| 3 | | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois |
| 4 | | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of |
| 5 | | education's remaining contribution pursuant to |
| 6 | | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of |
| 7 | | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal |
| 8 | | cost portion of the required contribution and amount |
| 9 | | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section |
| 10 | | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. |
| 11 | | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified |
| 12 | | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' |
| 13 | | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item |
| 14 | | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of |
| 15 | | Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and |
| 16 | | Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago. |
| 17 | | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more |
| 18 | | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity |
| 19 | | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as |
| 20 | | calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The |
| 21 | | Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of |
| 22 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its |
| 23 | | Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment |
| 24 | | equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its |
| 25 | | Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure |
| 26 | | multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 108 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of |
| 2 | | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
| 3 | | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the |
| 4 | | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's |
| 5 | | Adequacy Target. |
| 6 | | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV |
| 7 | | for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. |
| 8 | | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the |
| 9 | | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. |
| 10 | | An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its |
| 11 | | Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the |
| 12 | | Organizational Unit. |
| 13 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
| 14 | | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable |
| 15 | | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of |
| 16 | | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
| 17 | | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then |
| 18 | | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in |
| 19 | | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), |
| 20 | | which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes |
| 21 | | of calculating Local Capacity. |
| 22 | | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department |
| 23 | | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the |
| 24 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of |
| 25 | | Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational |
| 26 | | Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 109 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit |
| 2 | | as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the |
| 3 | | limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to |
| 4 | | property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. |
| 5 | | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the |
| 6 | | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of |
| 7 | | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or |
| 8 | | partially within a county that is or was subject to the |
| 9 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
| 10 | | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by |
| 11 | | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section |
| 12 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real |
| 13 | | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds |
| 14 | | the total amount that would have been allowed in that |
| 15 | | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under |
| 16 | | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 |
| 17 | | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 |
| 18 | | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and |
| 19 | | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the |
| 20 | | taxable year of all additional exemptions under |
| 21 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners |
| 22 | | with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county |
| 23 | | clerk of any county that is or was subject to the |
| 24 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
| 25 | | Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the |
| 26 | | Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 110 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or |
| 2 | | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of |
| 3 | | additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
| 4 | | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income |
| 5 | | of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this |
| 6 | | subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead |
| 7 | | exemption for a parcel of property is determined under |
| 8 | | Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
| 9 | | rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of |
| 10 | | EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
| 11 | | between the amount of the general homestead exemption |
| 12 | | allowed for that parcel of property under Section |
| 13 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the |
| 14 | | amount that would have been allowed had the general |
| 15 | | homestead exemption for that parcel of property been |
| 16 | | determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
| 17 | | Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph |
| 18 | | (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under |
| 19 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners |
| 20 | | with a household income of less than $30,000, then the |
| 21 | | calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the |
| 22 | | difference, if any, because of those additional |
| 23 | | exemptions. |
| 24 | | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational |
| 25 | | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to |
| 26 | | which a municipality has adopted tax increment |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 111 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment |
| 2 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article |
| 3 | | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial |
| 4 | | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the |
| 5 | | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of |
| 6 | | real property located in any such project area that is |
| 7 | | attributable to an increase above the total initial |
| 8 | | EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV |
| 9 | | of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all |
| 10 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as |
| 11 | | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment |
| 12 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 |
| 13 | | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose |
| 14 | | of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total |
| 15 | | initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, |
| 16 | | shall be used until such time as all redevelopment |
| 17 | | project costs have been paid. |
| 18 | | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed |
| 19 | | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by |
| 20 | | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized |
| 21 | | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the |
| 22 | | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of |
| 23 | | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the |
| 24 | | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining |
| 25 | | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a |
| 26 | | district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 112 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through |
| 2 | | 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the |
| 3 | | amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
| 4 | | of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same |
| 5 | | percentage rates for district type as specified in |
| 6 | | this subparagraph (B-5). |
| 7 | | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid |
| 8 | | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the |
| 9 | | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation |
| 10 | | for property within the partial elementary unit |
| 11 | | district for elementary purposes, as defined in |
| 12 | | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized |
| 13 | | assessed valuation for property within the partial |
| 14 | | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as |
| 15 | | defined in Article 11E of this Code. |
| 16 | | (D) If a school district's boundaries span |
| 17 | | multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue |
| 18 | | shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of |
| 19 | | calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate |
| 20 | | and individual rates by purpose for the county that |
| 21 | | contains the majority of the school district's |
| 22 | | equalized assessed valuation. |
| 23 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the |
| 24 | | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years |
| 25 | | or the lesser of its EAV in the immediately preceding year |
| 26 | | or the average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 113 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | years if the EAV in the immediately preceding year has |
| 2 | | declined by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent |
| 3 | | years. In the event of Organizational Unit reorganization, |
| 4 | | consolidation, or annexation, the Organizational Unit's |
| 5 | | Adjusted EAV for the first 3 years after such change shall |
| 6 | | be as follows: the most current EAV shall be used in the |
| 7 | | first year, the average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the |
| 8 | | immediately preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or |
| 9 | | more when comparing the 2 most recent years for the second |
| 10 | | year, and the lesser of a 3-year average EAV or its EAV in |
| 11 | | the immediately preceding year if the Adjusted EAV |
| 12 | | declines by 10% or more when comparing the 2 most recent |
| 13 | | years for the third year. For any school district whose |
| 14 | | EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in |
| 15 | | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV |
| 16 | | shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately |
| 17 | | preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if |
| 18 | | that year represents a decline of 10% or more when |
| 19 | | comparing the 2 most recent years. |
| 20 | | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State |
| 21 | | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as |
| 22 | | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of |
| 23 | | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. |
| 24 | | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the |
| 25 | | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the |
| 26 | | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 114 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 |
| 2 | | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding |
| 3 | | under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension |
| 4 | | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved |
| 5 | | or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant |
| 6 | | to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the |
| 7 | | Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product |
| 8 | | of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the |
| 9 | | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of |
| 10 | | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under |
| 11 | | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the |
| 12 | | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index |
| 13 | | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
| 14 | | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month |
| 15 | | calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the |
| 16 | | equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed |
| 17 | | property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the |
| 18 | | equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property. |
| 19 | | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and |
| 20 | | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings |
| 21 | | set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
| 22 | | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. |
| 23 | | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding |
| 24 | | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded |
| 25 | | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 115 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and |
| 2 | | specified appropriation amounts described in this |
| 3 | | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated |
| 4 | | by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
| 5 | | (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act |
| 6 | | 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code |
| 7 | | (funding for children requiring special education |
| 8 | | services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special |
| 9 | | education facilities and staffing), except for |
| 10 | | reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to |
| 11 | | Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English |
| 12 | | learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer |
| 13 | | school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. |
| 14 | | For a school district organized under Article 34 of this |
| 15 | | Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds |
| 16 | | allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 |
| 17 | | of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized |
| 18 | | by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding |
| 19 | | sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds |
| 20 | | allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 |
| 21 | | of this Code attributable to the funding programs |
| 22 | | authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special |
| 23 | | education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section |
| 24 | | 14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5 |
| 25 | | (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural |
| 26 | | education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 116 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers), |
| 2 | | and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of |
| 3 | | this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief |
| 4 | | Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school |
| 5 | | district's actual expenditures for its non-public special |
| 6 | | education, special education transportation, |
| 7 | | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' |
| 8 | | alternative education, services that would otherwise be |
| 9 | | performed by a regional office of education, special |
| 10 | | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as |
| 11 | | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to |
| 12 | | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base |
| 13 | | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $952,014. |
| 14 | | For programs operated by a regional office of education or |
| 15 | | an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum |
| 16 | | must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those |
| 17 | | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided |
| 18 | | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section |
| 19 | | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, |
| 20 | | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and |
| 21 | | administered by a regional office of education or an |
| 22 | | intermediate service center must have an initial Base |
| 23 | | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year |
| 24 | | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received |
| 25 | | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar |
| 26 | | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 117 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
| 2 | | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not |
| 3 | | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the |
| 4 | | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to |
| 5 | | Organizational Units under subsection (g). |
| 6 | | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the |
| 7 | | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially |
| 8 | | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of |
| 9 | | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the |
| 10 | | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) |
| 11 | | any amount received by a school district pursuant to |
| 12 | | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. |
| 13 | | For the 2022-2023 school year, the Base Funding |
| 14 | | Minimum of Organizational Units shall be the amounts |
| 15 | | recalculated by the State Board of Education for Fiscal |
| 16 | | Year 2019 through Fiscal Year 2022 that were necessary due |
| 17 | | to average student enrollment errors for districts |
| 18 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code, plus the Fiscal |
| 19 | | Year 2022 property tax relief grants provided under |
| 20 | | Section 2-3.170 of this Code, ensuring each Organizational |
| 21 | | Unit has the correct amount of resources for Fiscal Year |
| 22 | | 2023 Evidence-Based Funding calculations and that Fiscal |
| 23 | | Year 2023 Evidence-Based Funding Distributions are made in |
| 24 | | accordance with this Section. |
| 25 | | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as |
| 26 | | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 118 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by |
| 2 | | the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money |
| 3 | | added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base |
| 4 | | Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board: |
| 5 | | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an |
| 6 | | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this |
| 7 | | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to |
| 8 | | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court |
| 9 | | order for a minimum of 4 school years. |
| 10 | | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a |
| 11 | | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous |
| 12 | | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of |
| 13 | | this Section. |
| 14 | | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates |
| 15 | | sustainability through a 5-year financial and |
| 16 | | strategic plan. |
| 17 | | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient |
| 18 | | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the |
| 19 | | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. |
| 20 | | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), |
| 21 | | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's |
| 22 | | summative designation, any accreditations of the |
| 23 | | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's |
| 24 | | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. |
| 25 | | If the State Board determines that an Organizational |
| 26 | | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 119 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later |
| 2 | | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board |
| 3 | | makes it determination, on the amount of District |
| 4 | | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's |
| 5 | | Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the |
| 6 | | State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by |
| 7 | | joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention |
| 8 | | Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report |
| 9 | | within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, |
| 10 | | the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed |
| 11 | | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of |
| 12 | | District Intervention Money to be added to the |
| 13 | | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District |
| 14 | | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding |
| 15 | | Minimum annually thereafter. |
| 16 | | For the first 4 years following the initial year that |
| 17 | | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has |
| 18 | | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has |
| 19 | | received funding under this Section, the Organizational |
| 20 | | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before |
| 21 | | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and |
| 22 | | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph |
| 23 | | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the |
| 24 | | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that |
| 25 | | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each |
| 26 | | year and the approved budget financial data for the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 120 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | current year. The plan shall be developed according to the |
| 2 | | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the |
| 3 | | State Board. The plan shall further include financial |
| 4 | | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a |
| 5 | | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational |
| 6 | | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not |
| 7 | | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or |
| 8 | | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an |
| 9 | | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, |
| 10 | | or other financial information as required by law, the |
| 11 | | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel |
| 12 | | under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the |
| 13 | | Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight |
| 14 | | Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the |
| 15 | | Panel. |
| 16 | | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. |
| 17 | | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a |
| 18 | | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order |
| 19 | | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the |
| 20 | | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of |
| 21 | | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's |
| 22 | | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy |
| 23 | | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this |
| 24 | | subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final |
| 25 | | Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to |
| 26 | | account for the Organizational Unit's poverty |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 121 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of |
| 2 | | this subsection (f). |
| 3 | | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are |
| 4 | | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and |
| 5 | | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary |
| 6 | | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary |
| 7 | | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. |
| 8 | | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an |
| 9 | | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum |
| 10 | | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding |
| 11 | | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded |
| 12 | | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the |
| 13 | | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools |
| 14 | | shall not include any portion of general State aid |
| 15 | | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita |
| 16 | | tuition charge times the charter school enrollment. |
| 17 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy |
| 18 | | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An |
| 19 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is |
| 20 | | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental |
| 21 | | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the |
| 22 | | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary |
| 23 | | Percent of Adequacy. |
| 24 | | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. |
| 25 | | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based |
| 26 | | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 122 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's |
| 2 | | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this |
| 3 | | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the |
| 4 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first |
| 5 | | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in |
| 6 | | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), |
| 7 | | based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of |
| 8 | | Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 |
| 9 | | tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of |
| 10 | | all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% |
| 11 | | of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals |
| 12 | | 0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding |
| 13 | | equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational |
| 14 | | Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New |
| 15 | | State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in |
| 16 | | the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's |
| 17 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of |
| 18 | | this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's |
| 19 | | Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified |
| 20 | | in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
| 21 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
| 22 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
| 23 | | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding |
| 24 | | Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in |
| 25 | | paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
| 26 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 123 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
| 2 | | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine |
| 3 | | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting |
| 4 | | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus |
| 5 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target |
| 6 | | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier |
| 7 | | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the |
| 8 | | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation |
| 9 | | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection |
| 10 | | (g). |
| 11 | | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for |
| 12 | | all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational |
| 13 | | Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 |
| 14 | | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational |
| 15 | | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. |
| 16 | | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation |
| 17 | | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall |
| 18 | | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 |
| 19 | | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the |
| 20 | | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational |
| 21 | | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by |
| 22 | | the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 |
| 23 | | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational |
| 24 | | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting |
| 25 | | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. |
| 26 | | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 124 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | tiers as follows: |
| 2 | | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, |
| 3 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
| 4 | | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 |
| 5 | | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 |
| 6 | | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 |
| 7 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) |
| 8 | | of this subsection (g). |
| 9 | | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all |
| 10 | | other Organizational Units, except for Specially |
| 11 | | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than |
| 12 | | 0.90. |
| 13 | | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, |
| 14 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
| 15 | | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. |
| 16 | | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units |
| 17 | | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. |
| 18 | | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are |
| 19 | | determined as follows: |
| 20 | | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. |
| 21 | | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
| 22 | | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided |
| 23 | | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 |
| 24 | | Organizational Units, unless the result of such |
| 25 | | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such |
| 26 | | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 125 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Allocation Rate is 1.0. |
| 2 | | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
| 3 | | following equation: Tier 3 Aggregate Funding, divided |
| 4 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 |
| 5 | | Organizational Units. |
| 6 | | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
| 7 | | following equation: Tier 4 Aggregate Funding, divided |
| 8 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 |
| 9 | | Organizational Units. |
| 10 | | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: |
| 11 | | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that |
| 12 | | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed |
| 13 | | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. |
| 14 | | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. |
| 15 | | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. |
| 16 | | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is |
| 17 | | greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be |
| 18 | | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's |
| 19 | | funding may be identified. |
| 20 | | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units |
| 21 | | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any |
| 22 | | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and |
| 23 | | Tier 4 Organizational Units. |
| 24 | | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood |
| 25 | | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for |
| 26 | | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 126 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within |
| 2 | | the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified |
| 3 | | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred |
| 4 | | to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as |
| 5 | | determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior |
| 6 | | year ASE of the Organizational Units. |
| 7 | | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special |
| 8 | | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding |
| 9 | | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be |
| 10 | | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The |
| 11 | | school district and the cooperative must include the |
| 12 | | amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be |
| 13 | | reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the |
| 14 | | State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon |
| 15 | | withdrawal. |
| 16 | | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish |
| 17 | | a target for State funding that will keep pace with |
| 18 | | inflation and continue to advance equity through the |
| 19 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State |
| 20 | | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is |
| 21 | | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent |
| 22 | | State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to |
| 23 | | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more |
| 24 | | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be |
| 25 | | counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of |
| 26 | | New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 127 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than |
| 2 | | funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following |
| 3 | | manner: |
| 4 | | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an |
| 5 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
| 6 | | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as |
| 7 | | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. |
| 8 | | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an |
| 9 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
| 10 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
| 11 | | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is |
| 12 | | exhausted. |
| 13 | | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an |
| 14 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
| 15 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
| 16 | | Tier 4 and Tier 3. |
| 17 | | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an |
| 18 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
| 19 | | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
| 20 | | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation |
| 21 | | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal |
| 22 | | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of |
| 23 | | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New |
| 24 | | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. |
| 25 | | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
| 26 | | fiscal years, except State fiscal year 2026, if New State |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 128 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Funds exceed $300,000,000, then any amount in excess of |
| 2 | | $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for purposes of Section |
| 3 | | 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of $50,000,000. |
| 4 | | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the |
| 5 | | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after |
| 6 | | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units |
| 7 | | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under |
| 8 | | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held |
| 9 | | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to |
| 10 | | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding |
| 11 | | received in accordance with this Section in the prior |
| 12 | | fiscal year. Reductions shall be made to the Base Funding |
| 13 | | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a |
| 14 | | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE |
| 15 | | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units |
| 16 | | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base |
| 17 | | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to |
| 18 | | Tier 3 and Tier 4 Organizational Units and adjusted by the |
| 19 | | relative formula when increases in appropriations for this |
| 20 | | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions |
| 21 | | to Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an |
| 22 | | amount that would be less than the Base Funding Minimum |
| 23 | | established in the first year of implementation of this |
| 24 | | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school |
| 25 | | districts shall receive a reduction by a per pupil amount |
| 26 | | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation reduction |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 129 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. |
| 2 | | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor |
| 3 | | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this |
| 4 | | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages |
| 5 | | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to |
| 6 | | the nearest whole dollar. |
| 7 | | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and |
| 8 | | district submission requirements. |
| 9 | | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with |
| 10 | | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the |
| 11 | | funding obligations created under this Section. |
| 12 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
| 13 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit under this |
| 14 | | Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be distributed |
| 15 | | within an Organizational Unit without the approval of the |
| 16 | | unit's school board. |
| 17 | | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
| 18 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's |
| 19 | | aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the |
| 20 | | sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. |
| 21 | | The State Superintendent shall calculate and report |
| 22 | | separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total |
| 23 | | State funds allocated for its students with disabilities. |
| 24 | | The State Superintendent shall calculate and report |
| 25 | | separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of |
| 26 | | funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 130 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Element of the unit's Adequacy Target. |
| 2 | | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
| 3 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit |
| 4 | | must expend on special education and bilingual education |
| 5 | | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational |
| 6 | | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an |
| 7 | | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and |
| 8 | | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target |
| 9 | | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special |
| 10 | | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and |
| 11 | | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. |
| 12 | | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be |
| 13 | | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal |
| 14 | | year basis, with payments beginning in August and |
| 15 | | extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the |
| 16 | | moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be |
| 17 | | distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly |
| 18 | | to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for |
| 19 | | any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the |
| 20 | | distribution shall be on the same basis for each |
| 21 | | Organizational Unit. |
| 22 | | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given |
| 23 | | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to |
| 24 | | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive |
| 25 | | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
| 26 | | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 131 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district |
| 2 | | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in |
| 3 | | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment |
| 4 | | of the school district. "Recognized school" means any |
| 5 | | public school that meets the standards for recognition by |
| 6 | | the State Board. A school district or attendance center |
| 7 | | not having recognition status at the end of a school term |
| 8 | | is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
| 9 | | claim that was filed while it was recognized. |
| 10 | | (7) School district claims filed under this Section |
| 11 | | are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, |
| 12 | | except as otherwise provided in this Section. |
| 13 | | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall |
| 14 | | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its |
| 15 | | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall |
| 16 | | be deemed attributable to the provision of special |
| 17 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
| 18 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance |
| 19 | | with maintenance of State financial support requirements |
| 20 | | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
| 21 | | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for |
| 22 | | the provision of special educational facilities and |
| 23 | | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and |
| 24 | | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures |
| 25 | | adopted by the State Board. |
| 26 | | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 132 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | annual spending plans, as part of the budget submission |
| 2 | | process, no later than October 31 of each year to the State |
| 3 | | Board. The spending plan shall describe how each |
| 4 | | Organizational Unit will utilize the Base Funding Minimum |
| 5 | | and Evidence-Based Funding it receives from this State |
| 6 | | under this Section with specific identification of the |
| 7 | | intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and |
| 8 | | special education resources. Additionally, the annual |
| 9 | | spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe |
| 10 | | how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student |
| 11 | | growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State |
| 12 | | education goals, as defined by the State Board, and shall |
| 13 | | indicate which stakeholder groups the Organizational Unit |
| 14 | | engaged with to inform its annual spending plans. The |
| 15 | | State Superintendent may, from time to time, identify |
| 16 | | additional requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy |
| 17 | | when compiling the annual spending plans required under |
| 18 | | this subsection (h). The format and scope of annual |
| 19 | | spending plans shall be developed by the State |
| 20 | | Superintendent and the State Board of Education. School |
| 21 | | districts that serve students under Article 14C of this |
| 22 | | Code shall continue to submit information as required |
| 23 | | under Section 14C-12 of this Code. Annual spending plans |
| 24 | | required under this subsection (h) shall be integrated |
| 25 | | into annual school district budgets completed pursuant to |
| 26 | | Section 17-1 or Section 34-43. Organizational Units that |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 133 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | do not submit a budget to the State Board shall be provided |
| 2 | | with a separate planning template developed by the State |
| 3 | | Board. The State Board shall create an Evidence-Based |
| 4 | | Funding spending plan tool to make Evidence-Based Funding |
| 5 | | spending plan data for each Organizational Unit available |
| 6 | | on the State Board's website no later than December 31, |
| 7 | | 2025, with annual updates thereafter. The tool shall allow |
| 8 | | for the selection and review of each Organizational Unit's |
| 9 | | planned use of Evidence-Based Funding. |
| 10 | | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State |
| 11 | | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for |
| 12 | | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy |
| 13 | | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
| 14 | | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, |
| 15 | | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly |
| 16 | | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations |
| 17 | | for: |
| 18 | | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, |
| 19 | | innovative, and 21st century learning environments |
| 20 | | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; |
| 21 | | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's |
| 22 | | educators for successful instructional careers; |
| 23 | | (C) application and enhancement of the current |
| 24 | | financial accountability measures, the approved State |
| 25 | | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds |
| 26 | | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 134 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | in relation to student growth and elements of the |
| 2 | | Evidence-Based Funding model; and |
| 3 | | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy |
| 4 | | funding system based on projected and recommended |
| 5 | | funding levels from the General Assembly. |
| 6 | | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent must |
| 7 | | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the |
| 8 | | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the |
| 9 | | study of average expenses and as reported in the most |
| 10 | | recent annual financial report: |
| 11 | | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) |
| 12 | | of subsection (b). |
| 13 | | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph (O) |
| 14 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
| 15 | | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of paragraph |
| 16 | | (2) of subsection (b). |
| 17 | | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of |
| 18 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
| 19 | | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph |
| 20 | | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
| 21 | | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of |
| 22 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
| 23 | | (i) Professional Review Panel. |
| 24 | | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study |
| 25 | | and review topics related to the implementation and effect |
| 26 | | of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 135 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a |
| 2 | | motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel |
| 3 | | must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor, |
| 4 | | the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State |
| 5 | | Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a |
| 6 | | voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State |
| 7 | | Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the |
| 8 | | membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance |
| 9 | | recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of |
| 10 | | Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may |
| 11 | | also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel |
| 12 | | shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as |
| 13 | | otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) |
| 14 | | and include the following members: |
| 15 | | (A) Two appointees that represent district |
| 16 | | superintendents, recommended by a statewide |
| 17 | | organization that represents district superintendents. |
| 18 | | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, |
| 19 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
| 20 | | represents school boards. |
| 21 | | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent |
| 22 | | school business officials, recommended by a statewide |
| 23 | | organization that represents school business |
| 24 | | officials. |
| 25 | | (D) Two appointees that represent school |
| 26 | | principals, recommended by a statewide organization |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 136 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | that represents school principals. |
| 2 | | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
| 3 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
| 4 | | represents teachers. |
| 5 | | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
| 6 | | recommended by another statewide organization that |
| 7 | | represents teachers. |
| 8 | | (G) Two appointees that represent regional |
| 9 | | superintendents of schools, recommended by |
| 10 | | organizations that represent regional superintendents. |
| 11 | | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the |
| 12 | | State Superintendent. |
| 13 | | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
| 14 | | universities in this State. |
| 15 | | (J) One member recommended by a statewide |
| 16 | | organization that represents parents. |
| 17 | | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective |
| 18 | | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan |
| 19 | | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. |
| 20 | | (L) One member from a statewide organization |
| 21 | | focused on research-based education policy to support |
| 22 | | a school system that prepares all students for |
| 23 | | college, a career, and democratic citizenship. |
| 24 | | (M) One representative from a school district |
| 25 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code. |
| 26 | | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 137 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | membership of the Panel includes representatives from |
| 2 | | school districts and communities reflecting the |
| 3 | | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity |
| 4 | | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally |
| 5 | | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes |
| 6 | | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and |
| 7 | | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff |
| 8 | | the Panel. |
| 9 | | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by |
| 10 | | the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General |
| 11 | | Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the |
| 12 | | House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the |
| 13 | | House of Representatives, one member of the Senate |
| 14 | | appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of |
| 15 | | the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority |
| 16 | | Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of |
| 17 | | the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. |
| 18 | | There shall be one additional member appointed by the |
| 19 | | Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or |
| 20 | | the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members. |
| 21 | | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of |
| 22 | | the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as |
| 23 | | provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the |
| 24 | | following topics at the direction of the chairperson: |
| 25 | | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans |
| 26 | | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 138 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Section. |
| 2 | | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. |
| 3 | | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital |
| 4 | | maintenance and construction costs. |
| 5 | | (D) "At-risk student" definition. |
| 6 | | (E) Benefits. |
| 7 | | (F) Technology. |
| 8 | | (G) Local Capacity Target. |
| 9 | | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory |
| 10 | | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning |
| 11 | | opportunities programs. |
| 12 | | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration |
| 13 | | strategies. |
| 14 | | (J) Special education investments. |
| 15 | | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration |
| 16 | | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. |
| 17 | | (4) (Blank). |
| 18 | | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this |
| 19 | | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall |
| 20 | | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based |
| 21 | | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not |
| 22 | | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall |
| 23 | | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the |
| 24 | | Governor on the findings of the study. |
| 25 | | (6) (Blank). |
| 26 | | (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 139 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of |
| 2 | | students living in poverty or attending schools located in |
| 3 | | areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the |
| 4 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and |
| 5 | | advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula |
| 6 | | distribution system established under this Section are |
| 7 | | sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student |
| 8 | | and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel |
| 9 | | shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of |
| 10 | | subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the |
| 11 | | following in its review: |
| 12 | | (A) The financial ability of school districts to |
| 13 | | provide instruction in a world foreign language to |
| 14 | | every student and whether an additional Essential |
| 15 | | Element should be added to the formula to ensure that |
| 16 | | every student has access to instruction in a world |
| 17 | | foreign language. |
| 18 | | (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential |
| 19 | | Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel |
| 20 | | shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects |
| 21 | | the staffing needed to support students living in |
| 22 | | poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds. |
| 23 | | (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be |
| 24 | | required to better promote racial equity and eliminate |
| 25 | | structural racism within schools. |
| 26 | | (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 140 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | additional funds each year under this Section and an |
| 2 | | estimate of when the school system will become fully |
| 3 | | funded under this level of appropriation. |
| 4 | | (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding |
| 5 | | structures that would enable the State to become fully |
| 6 | | funded at an earlier date. |
| 7 | | (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to |
| 8 | | find cost savings within the school system to expedite |
| 9 | | the journey to a fully funded system. |
| 10 | | (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and |
| 11 | | graduating high-risk high school students who have |
| 12 | | been previously out of school. These outcomes shall |
| 13 | | include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit |
| 14 | | gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade |
| 15 | | level, and the transition to college, training, or |
| 16 | | employment, with an emphasis on progressively |
| 17 | | increasing the overall attendance. |
| 18 | | (H) The evidence-based or research-based practices |
| 19 | | that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities |
| 20 | | experienced by African American students in academic |
| 21 | | achievement and educational performance, including |
| 22 | | practices that have been shown to reduce disparities |
| 23 | | in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, graduation |
| 24 | | rates, college matriculation rates, and college |
| 25 | | completion rates. |
| 26 | | On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall report |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 141 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor |
| 2 | | on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is |
| 3 | | inoperative on and after July 1, 2022. |
| 4 | | (8) On or before April 1, 2024, the Panel must submit a |
| 5 | | report to the General Assembly on annual adjustments to |
| 6 | | Glenwood Academy's base-funding minimum in a similar |
| 7 | | fashion to school districts under this Section. |
| 8 | | (9) On or before March 31, 2026, the Professional |
| 9 | | Review Panel shall make a report to the Governor and the |
| 10 | | General Assembly assessing the impact of the property tax |
| 11 | | relief pool grant program under Section 2-3.170, including |
| 12 | | the number of districts participating in the program by |
| 13 | | fiscal year since Fiscal Year 2019, the tier assignment |
| 14 | | for participating school districts, and an analysis of the |
| 15 | | operating tax rates of participating school districts to |
| 16 | | determine if the grant program is meeting the legislative |
| 17 | | intent of reducing property taxes in high-tax areas of the |
| 18 | | State. |
| 19 | | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in |
| 20 | | other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under |
| 21 | | Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to |
| 22 | | be references to evidence-based model formula funds or |
| 23 | | calculations under this Section. |
| 24 | | (Source: P.A. 103-8, eff. 6-7-23; 103-154, eff. 6-30-23; |
| 25 | | 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-780, eff. |
| 26 | | 8-2-24; 103-802, eff. 1-1-25; 104-2, eff. 6-16-25; 104-417, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 142 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | eff. 8-15-25; 104-435, eff. 11-21-25; revised 12-9-25.) |
| 2 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-10) |
| 3 | | Sec. 21B-10. State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| 4 | | Board. |
| 5 | | (a) The State Teacher Certification Board, which had been |
| 6 | | established under Section 21-13 of the School Code prior to |
| 7 | | this amendatory Act of the 97th General Assembly, shall be |
| 8 | | renamed the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. |
| 9 | | References in law to the State Teacher Certification Board |
| 10 | | shall mean the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. |
| 11 | | The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board shall |
| 12 | | consist of the State Superintendent of Education or a |
| 13 | | representative appointed by him or her, who shall be |
| 14 | | ex-officio chairperson, 5 administrative or faculty members of |
| 15 | | public or private colleges or universities located in this |
| 16 | | State, 3 administrative or faculty members of public community |
| 17 | | colleges located in this State, 3 administrators and 10 |
| 18 | | classroom teachers employed in the public schools (5 of whom |
| 19 | | must be members of and nominated by a statewide professional |
| 20 | | teachers' organization and 5 of whom must be members of and |
| 21 | | nominated by a different statewide professional teachers' |
| 22 | | organization), and one regional superintendent of schools, all |
| 23 | | of whom shall be appointed by the State Superintendent Board |
| 24 | | of Education; provided that at least one of the administrators |
| 25 | | and at least 3 of the classroom teachers so appointed must be |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 143 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | employees of a school district that is subject to the |
| 2 | | provisions of Article 34 of this Code. A statewide |
| 3 | | professional teachers' organization and a different statewide |
| 4 | | professional teachers' organization shall submit to the State |
| 5 | | Superintendent Board of Education for consideration at least 3 |
| 6 | | names of accomplished teachers for every one vacancy or |
| 7 | | expiring term in a classroom teacher position. The nominations |
| 8 | | submitted to the State Superintendent Board of Education under |
| 9 | | this Section to fill a vacancy or an expiring term shall be |
| 10 | | advisory. Nomination for State Educator Preparation and |
| 11 | | Licensure Board members must be submitted to the State |
| 12 | | Superintendent Board of Education within 30 days after the |
| 13 | | vacancy or vacancies occur. Nominations to fill an expiring |
| 14 | | term must be submitted to the State Superintendent of |
| 15 | | Education at least 30 days before the expiration of that term. |
| 16 | | Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, if a |
| 17 | | sufficient number of nominations are not received by the State |
| 18 | | Superintendent of Education for a vacancy or expiring term |
| 19 | | within the 30-day period, then the State Superintendent of |
| 20 | | Education may appoint any qualified person, in the same manner |
| 21 | | as the original appointment, to fill the vacancy or expiring |
| 22 | | term. The regular term of each member is 3 years, and an |
| 23 | | individual may be appointed for no more than 2 consecutive |
| 24 | | terms. The term of an appointed member of the State Educator |
| 25 | | Preparation and Licensure Board shall expire on June 30 of his |
| 26 | | or her final year. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 144 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board may |
| 2 | | allow one member representing the Board of Higher Education |
| 3 | | and one member representing the Illinois Community College |
| 4 | | Board to serve as nonvoting, ex officio members on the Board. |
| 5 | | (b) The State Superintendent Board of Education shall |
| 6 | | appoint a secretary of the State Educator Preparation and |
| 7 | | Licensure Board. |
| 8 | | (c) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board |
| 9 | | shall hold regular meetings at least quarterly and such other |
| 10 | | special meetings as may be necessary. |
| 11 | | (d) The necessary expenses of the State Educator |
| 12 | | Preparation and Licensure Board shall be provided through the |
| 13 | | State Board of Education. The State Board of Education, in |
| 14 | | consultation with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| 15 | | Board, may adopt such rules as may be necessary for the |
| 16 | | administration of this Article. |
| 17 | | (e) (Blank). |
| 18 | | (Source: P.A. 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 19 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-15) |
| 20 | | Sec. 21B-15. Qualifications of educators. |
| 21 | | (a) No one may be licensed to teach or supervise or be |
| 22 | | otherwise employed in the public schools of this State who is |
| 23 | | not of good character and at least 19 years of age, except as |
| 24 | | otherwise provided in subparagraph (J) of subsection (2) of |
| 25 | | Section 21B-20. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 145 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | In determining good character under this Section, the |
| 2 | | State Superintendent of Education shall take into |
| 3 | | consideration the disciplinary actions of other states or |
| 4 | | national entities against certificates or licenses issued by |
| 5 | | those states and held by individuals from those states. In |
| 6 | | addition, any felony conviction of the applicant may be taken |
| 7 | | into consideration; however, no one may be licensed to teach |
| 8 | | or supervise in the public schools of this State who has been |
| 9 | | convicted of (i) an offense set forth in subsection (b) of |
| 10 | | Section 21B-80 of this Code until 7 years following the end of |
| 11 | | the sentence for the criminal offense or (ii) an offense set |
| 12 | | forth in subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code. Unless |
| 13 | | the conviction is for an offense set forth in Section 21B-80 of |
| 14 | | this Code, an applicant must be permitted to submit character |
| 15 | | references or other written material before such a conviction |
| 16 | | or other information regarding the applicant's character may |
| 17 | | be used by the State Superintendent of Education as a basis for |
| 18 | | denying the application. |
| 19 | | (b) No person otherwise qualified shall be denied the |
| 20 | | right to be licensed or to receive training for the purpose of |
| 21 | | becoming an educator because of a physical disability, |
| 22 | | including, but not limited to, visual and hearing |
| 23 | | disabilities; nor shall any school district refuse to employ a |
| 24 | | teacher on such grounds, provided that the person is able to |
| 25 | | carry out the duties of the position for which he or she |
| 26 | | applies. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 146 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (c) No person may be granted or continue to hold an |
| 2 | | educator license who has knowingly altered or misrepresented |
| 3 | | his or her qualifications, in this State or any other state, in |
| 4 | | order to acquire or renew the license. Any other license |
| 5 | | issued under this Article held by the person may be suspended |
| 6 | | or revoked by the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| 7 | | Board, depending upon the severity of the alteration or |
| 8 | | misrepresentation. |
| 9 | | (d) No one may teach or supervise in the public schools nor |
| 10 | | receive for teaching or supervising any part of any public |
| 11 | | school fund who does not hold an educator license granted by |
| 12 | | the State Superintendent of Education as provided in this |
| 13 | | Article. However, the provisions of this Article do not apply |
| 14 | | to a member of the armed forces who is employed as a teacher of |
| 15 | | subjects in the Reserve Officers' Training Corps of any |
| 16 | | school, a retiree of the armed forces who meets the |
| 17 | | qualifications set forth in 10 U.S.C. 2033, or nor to an |
| 18 | | individual teaching a dual credit course as provided for in |
| 19 | | the Dual Credit Quality Act. |
| 20 | | (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, the |
| 21 | | school board of a school district may grant to a teacher of the |
| 22 | | district a leave of absence with full pay for a period of not |
| 23 | | more than one year to permit the teacher to teach in a country |
| 24 | | other than the United States foreign state under the |
| 25 | | provisions of the Exchange Teacher Program established under |
| 26 | | Public Law 584, 79th Congress, and Public Law 402, 80th |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 147 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Congress, as amended. The school board granting the leave of |
| 2 | | absence may employ, with or without pay, a national of the |
| 3 | | country other than the United States foreign state wherein the |
| 4 | | teacher on the leave of absence is to teach if the national is |
| 5 | | qualified to teach in that country foreign state and if that |
| 6 | | national is to teach in a grade level similar to the one that |
| 7 | | was taught in that country the foreign state. The State Board |
| 8 | | of Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
| 9 | | Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt rules as may be |
| 10 | | necessary to implement this subsection (e). |
| 11 | | (f) No person shall be denied a license issued under this |
| 12 | | Article solely based on his or her citizenship status or |
| 13 | | immigration status. The General Assembly finds and declares |
| 14 | | that this subsection (f) is a State law within the meaning of |
| 15 | | subsection (d) of Section 1621 of Title 8 of the United States |
| 16 | | Code. Nothing in this subsection shall affect the requirements |
| 17 | | to obtain a license that are not directly related to |
| 18 | | citizenship status or immigration status. Nothing in this |
| 19 | | subsection shall be construed to grant eligibility for |
| 20 | | obtaining any public benefit other than a license issued under |
| 21 | | this Article. |
| 22 | | (Source: P.A. 102-713, eff. 1-1-23.) |
| 23 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-20) |
| 24 | | Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of |
| 25 | | Education shall implement a system of educator licensure, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 148 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | whereby individuals employed in school districts who are |
| 2 | | required to be licensed must have one of the following |
| 3 | | licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an |
| 4 | | educator license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute |
| 5 | | teaching license; or (iv) until June 30, 2028, a short-term |
| 6 | | substitute teaching license. References in law regarding |
| 7 | | individuals certified or certificated or required to be |
| 8 | | certified or certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall |
| 9 | | also include individuals licensed or required to be licensed |
| 10 | | under this Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June |
| 11 | | 30 following one full year of the license being issued. |
| 12 | | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
| 13 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such |
| 14 | | rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for |
| 15 | | licenses and endorsements under this Section. |
| 16 | | (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i) |
| 17 | | have successfully completed an approved educator |
| 18 | | preparation program and are recommended for licensure by |
| 19 | | the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation |
| 20 | | program, (ii) have successfully completed the required |
| 21 | | testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have |
| 22 | | successfully completed coursework on the psychology of, |
| 23 | | the identification of, and the methods of instruction for |
| 24 | | the exceptional child, including, without limitation, |
| 25 | | children with learning disabilities, (iv) have |
| 26 | | successfully completed coursework in methods of reading |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 149 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and reading in the content area, and (v) have met all other |
| 2 | | criteria established by rule of the State Board of |
| 3 | | Education shall be issued a Professional Educator License. |
| 4 | | Persons seeking a Professional Educator License with a |
| 5 | | school support personnel endorsement or chief school |
| 6 | | business official endorsement are exempt from the |
| 7 | | requirements in items (iii) and (iv). All Professional |
| 8 | | Educator Licenses are valid until June 30 immediately |
| 9 | | following 5 years of the license being issued. The |
| 10 | | Professional Educator License shall be endorsed with |
| 11 | | specific areas and grade levels in which the individual is |
| 12 | | eligible to practice. For an early childhood education |
| 13 | | endorsement, an individual may satisfy the student |
| 14 | | teaching requirement of his or her early childhood teacher |
| 15 | | preparation program through placement in a setting with |
| 16 | | children from birth through grade 2, and the individual |
| 17 | | may be paid and receive credit while student teaching. The |
| 18 | | student teaching experience must meet the requirements of |
| 19 | | and be approved by the individual's early childhood |
| 20 | | teacher preparation program. No institution of higher |
| 21 | | education shall establish or maintain any policy which |
| 22 | | requires student teaching for preservice teachers to be |
| 23 | | unpaid. |
| 24 | | Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the |
| 25 | | Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements |
| 26 | | shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 150 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable |
| 2 | | content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule. |
| 3 | | (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator |
| 4 | | License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement |
| 5 | | that limits the license holder to one particular position |
| 6 | | or does not require completion of an approved educator |
| 7 | | program or both. |
| 8 | | An individual with an Educator License with |
| 9 | | Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or |
| 10 | | any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher |
| 11 | | who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason. |
| 12 | | An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued |
| 13 | | with the following endorsements: |
| 14 | | (A) (Blank). |
| 15 | | (B) Alternative provisional educator. An |
| 16 | | alternative provisional educator endorsement on an |
| 17 | | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an |
| 18 | | applicant who, at the time of applying for the |
| 19 | | endorsement, has done all of the following: |
| 20 | | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited |
| 21 | | college or university with a minimum of a |
| 22 | | bachelor's degree. |
| 23 | | (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of |
| 24 | | the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for |
| 25 | | Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this |
| 26 | | Code. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 151 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (iii) Passed a content area test, as required |
| 2 | | under Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
| 3 | | The alternative provisional educator endorsement is |
| 4 | | valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a |
| 5 | | third year by an individual meeting the requirements set |
| 6 | | forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code. |
| 7 | | (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An |
| 8 | | alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on |
| 9 | | an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the |
| 10 | | holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant |
| 11 | | superintendent in a school district's central office. |
| 12 | | This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant |
| 13 | | who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has |
| 14 | | done all of the following: |
| 15 | | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited |
| 16 | | college or university with a minimum of a master's |
| 17 | | degree in a management field other than education. |
| 18 | | (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5 |
| 19 | | years in a management level position in a field |
| 20 | | other than education. |
| 21 | | (iii) Successfully completed the first phase |
| 22 | | of an alternative route to superintendent |
| 23 | | endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55 |
| 24 | | of this Code. |
| 25 | | (iv) Passed a content area test required under |
| 26 | | Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 152 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in |
| 2 | | order to complete one full year of serving as a |
| 3 | | superintendent or assistant superintendent. |
| 4 | | (D) (Blank). |
| 5 | | (E) Career and technical educator. A career and |
| 6 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
| 7 | | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who |
| 8 | | has a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a |
| 9 | | regionally accredited institution of higher education |
| 10 | | or an accredited trade and technical institution and |
| 11 | | has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of |
| 12 | | education in each area to be taught. |
| 13 | | The career and technical educator endorsement on |
| 14 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until |
| 15 | | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the |
| 16 | | endorsement being issued and may be renewed. |
| 17 | | An individual who holds a valid career and |
| 18 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
| 19 | | with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's |
| 20 | | degree may substitute teach in career and technical |
| 21 | | education classrooms. |
| 22 | | An individual who holds a valid career and |
| 23 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
| 24 | | with Stipulations is entitled to all of the rights and |
| 25 | | privileges granted to a holder of a Professional |
| 26 | | Educator License. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 153 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (F) (Blank). |
| 2 | | (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A |
| 3 | | transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an |
| 4 | | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for |
| 5 | | the purpose of providing instruction in accordance |
| 6 | | with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who |
| 7 | | provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets |
| 8 | | all of the following requirements: |
| 9 | | (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and |
| 10 | | writing ability in the language other than English |
| 11 | | in which transitional bilingual education is |
| 12 | | offered. |
| 13 | | (ii) Has the ability to successfully |
| 14 | | communicate in English. |
| 15 | | (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years |
| 16 | | previous to his or her applying for a transitional |
| 17 | | bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and |
| 18 | | comparable teaching certificate or comparable |
| 19 | | authorization issued by a foreign country other |
| 20 | | than the United States or holds a degree from an |
| 21 | | institution of higher learning in a foreign |
| 22 | | country other than the United States that the |
| 23 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board |
| 24 | | determines to be the equivalent of a bachelor's |
| 25 | | degree from a regionally accredited institution of |
| 26 | | higher learning in the United States. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 154 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | A transitional bilingual educator endorsement |
| 2 | | shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, |
| 3 | | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years |
| 4 | | of the endorsement being issued, and shall not be |
| 5 | | renewed. |
| 6 | | Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator |
| 7 | | endorsement shall not be employed to replace any |
| 8 | | presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be |
| 9 | | replaced for any reason. |
| 10 | | (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to |
| 11 | | alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language |
| 12 | | other than English in the public schools, an |
| 13 | | individual who holds an Educator License with |
| 14 | | Stipulations may also apply for a language |
| 15 | | endorsement, provided that the applicant provides |
| 16 | | satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all of the |
| 17 | | following requirements: |
| 18 | | (i) Holds a transitional bilingual |
| 19 | | endorsement. |
| 20 | | (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the |
| 21 | | language for which the endorsement is to be issued |
| 22 | | by passing the applicable language content test |
| 23 | | required by the State Board of Education. |
| 24 | | (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from |
| 25 | | a regionally accredited institution of higher |
| 26 | | education or, for individuals educated in a |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 155 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | country other than the United States, holds a |
| 2 | | degree from an institution of higher learning in a |
| 3 | | foreign country other than the United States that |
| 4 | | the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board |
| 5 | | determines to be the equivalent of a bachelor's |
| 6 | | degree from a regionally accredited institution of |
| 7 | | higher learning in the United States. |
| 8 | | (iv) (Blank). |
| 9 | | A language endorsement on an Educator License with |
| 10 | | Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through |
| 11 | | grade 12 for the same validity period as the |
| 12 | | individual's transitional bilingual educator |
| 13 | | endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations |
| 14 | | and shall not be renewed. |
| 15 | | (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting |
| 16 | | international educator endorsement on an Educator |
| 17 | | License with Stipulations may be issued to an |
| 18 | | individual who is being recruited by a particular |
| 19 | | school district that conducts formal recruitment |
| 20 | | programs outside of the United States to secure the |
| 21 | | services of qualified teachers and who meets all of |
| 22 | | the following requirements: |
| 23 | | (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a |
| 24 | | bachelor's degree issued in the United States. |
| 25 | | (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the |
| 26 | | grade level for which he or she will be employed. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 156 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the |
| 2 | | subject to be taught. |
| 3 | | (iv) Has an adequate command of the English |
| 4 | | language. |
| 5 | | A holder of a visiting international educator |
| 6 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
| 7 | | shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education |
| 8 | | programs in the language that was the medium of |
| 9 | | instruction in his or her teacher preparation program, |
| 10 | | provided that he or she passes the English Language |
| 11 | | Proficiency Examination or another test of writing |
| 12 | | skills in English identified by the State Board of |
| 13 | | Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
| 14 | | Preparation and Licensure Board. |
| 15 | | A visiting international educator endorsement on |
| 16 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5 |
| 17 | | years and shall not be renewed. |
| 18 | | (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional |
| 19 | | educator endorsement on an Educator License with |
| 20 | | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a |
| 21 | | high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and |
| 22 | | (i) holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60 |
| 23 | | semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited |
| 24 | | institution of higher education; (ii) has passed a |
| 25 | | paraprofessional competency test under subsection |
| 26 | | (c-5) of Section 21B-30; or (iii) is at least 18 years |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 157 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | of age and will be using the Educator License with |
| 2 | | Stipulations exclusively for grades prekindergarten |
| 3 | | through grade 8, until the individual reaches the age |
| 4 | | of 19 years and otherwise meets the criteria for a |
| 5 | | paraprofessional educator endorsement pursuant to this |
| 6 | | subparagraph (J). The paraprofessional educator |
| 7 | | endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately |
| 8 | | following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and |
| 9 | | may be renewed through application and payment of the |
| 10 | | appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of |
| 11 | | this Code. An individual who holds only a |
| 12 | | paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject |
| 13 | | to additional requirements in order to renew the |
| 14 | | endorsement. |
| 15 | | (K) Chief school business official. A chief school |
| 16 | | business official endorsement on an Educator License |
| 17 | | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who |
| 18 | | qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2 |
| 19 | | years of full-time administrative experience in school |
| 20 | | business management or 2 years of university-approved |
| 21 | | practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester |
| 22 | | hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the |
| 23 | | State Board of Education for the preparation of school |
| 24 | | business administrators and by passage of the |
| 25 | | applicable State tests, including an applicable |
| 26 | | content area test. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 158 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The chief school business official endorsement may |
| 2 | | also be affixed to the Educator License with |
| 3 | | Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a |
| 4 | | master's degree in business administration, finance, |
| 5 | | accounting, or public administration and who completes |
| 6 | | an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school |
| 7 | | business management from a regionally accredited |
| 8 | | institution of higher education and passes the |
| 9 | | applicable State tests, including an applicable |
| 10 | | content area test. This endorsement shall be required |
| 11 | | for any individual employed as a chief school business |
| 12 | | official. |
| 13 | | The chief school business official endorsement on |
| 14 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until |
| 15 | | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the |
| 16 | | endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the |
| 17 | | license holder completes renewal requirements as |
| 18 | | required for individuals who hold a Professional |
| 19 | | Educator License endorsed for chief school business |
| 20 | | official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such |
| 21 | | rules as may be adopted by the State Board of |
| 22 | | Education. |
| 23 | | The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules |
| 24 | | necessary to implement Public Act 100-288. |
| 25 | | (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional |
| 26 | | in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 159 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has |
| 2 | | completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation |
| 3 | | program at an Illinois institution of higher education |
| 4 | | and who has not successfully completed an |
| 5 | | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but |
| 6 | | who meets all of the following requirements: |
| 7 | | (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree. |
| 8 | | (ii) Has completed an approved educator |
| 9 | | preparation program at an Illinois institution. |
| 10 | | (iii) Has passed an applicable content area |
| 11 | | test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
| 12 | | (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based |
| 13 | | assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a |
| 14 | | minimum score on that assessment, as established |
| 15 | | by the State Board of Education in consultation |
| 16 | | with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| 17 | | Board. |
| 18 | | A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an |
| 19 | | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one |
| 20 | | full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not |
| 21 | | be renewed. |
| 22 | | (M) (Blank). |
| 23 | | (N) Specialized services. A specialized services |
| 24 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
| 25 | | may be issued as defined and specified by rule. |
| 26 | | (O) Provisional career and technical educator. A |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 160 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | provisional career and technical educator endorsement |
| 2 | | on an Educator License with Stipulations may be issued |
| 3 | | to an applicant who has a minimum of 8,000 hours of |
| 4 | | work experience in the skill for which the applicant |
| 5 | | is seeking the endorsement. Each employing school |
| 6 | | board and regional office of education shall provide |
| 7 | | verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent |
| 8 | | of Education at the time the application is submitted |
| 9 | | that no qualified teacher holding a Professional |
| 10 | | Educator License or an Educator License with |
| 11 | | Stipulations with a career and technical educator |
| 12 | | endorsement is available to teach and that actual |
| 13 | | circumstances require such issuance. |
| 14 | | A provisional career and technical educator |
| 15 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
| 16 | | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years |
| 17 | | of the endorsement being issued and may be renewed. |
| 18 | | An individual who holds a provisional career and |
| 19 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
| 20 | | with Stipulations may teach as a substitute teacher in |
| 21 | | career and technical education classrooms. |
| 22 | | An individual who holds a provisional career and |
| 23 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
| 24 | | with Stipulations is entitled to all of the rights and |
| 25 | | privileges granted to a holder of a Professional |
| 26 | | Educator License. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 161 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (P) Provisional educator. A provisional educator |
| 2 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
| 3 | | may be issued to an applicant who was trained in |
| 4 | | another state or country and meets the requirements of |
| 5 | | Section 21B-35 but has not passed all applicable |
| 6 | | content area tests to qualify for a Professional |
| 7 | | Educator License. |
| 8 | | A provisional educator endorsement on an Educator |
| 9 | | License with Stipulations is valid for 2 full fiscal |
| 10 | | years after the date of issuance and may not be |
| 11 | | renewed. Only one Educator License with Stipulations |
| 12 | | endorsed for provisional educator may be issued to an |
| 13 | | educator. |
| 14 | | (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching |
| 15 | | License may be issued to qualified applicants for |
| 16 | | substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools, |
| 17 | | prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching |
| 18 | | Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for |
| 19 | | a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's |
| 20 | | degree or higher from a regionally accredited institution |
| 21 | | of higher education or must be enrolled in an approved |
| 22 | | educator preparation program in this State and have earned |
| 23 | | at least 90 credit hours. |
| 24 | | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years. |
| 25 | | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute |
| 26 | | teaching in every county of this State. If an individual |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 162 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | has had his or her Professional Educator License or |
| 2 | | Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked, |
| 3 | | then that individual is not eligible to obtain a |
| 4 | | Substitute Teaching License. |
| 5 | | A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a |
| 6 | | licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing |
| 7 | | board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under |
| 8 | | contract because of an emergency situation, then a |
| 9 | | district may employ a substitute teacher for no longer |
| 10 | | than 30 calendar days per each vacant position in the |
| 11 | | district if the district notifies the appropriate regional |
| 12 | | office of education within 5 business days after the |
| 13 | | employment of the substitute teacher in that vacant |
| 14 | | position. A district may continue to employ that same |
| 15 | | substitute teacher in that same vacant position for 90 |
| 16 | | calendar days or until the end of the semester, whichever |
| 17 | | is greater, if, prior to the expiration of the |
| 18 | | 30-calendar-day period then current, the district files a |
| 19 | | written request with the appropriate regional office of |
| 20 | | education for a 30-calendar-day extension on the basis |
| 21 | | that the position remains vacant and the district |
| 22 | | continues to actively seek qualified candidates and |
| 23 | | provides documentation that it has provided training |
| 24 | | specific to the position, including training on meeting |
| 25 | | the needs of students with disabilities and English |
| 26 | | learners if applicable. Each extension request shall be |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 163 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | granted in writing by the regional office of education. An |
| 2 | | emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy |
| 3 | | has occurred and (i) a teacher is unexpectedly unable to |
| 4 | | fulfill his or her contractual duties or (ii) teacher |
| 5 | | capacity needs of the district exceed previous indications |
| 6 | | or vacancies are unfilled due to a lack of qualified |
| 7 | | candidates, and the district is actively engaged in |
| 8 | | advertising to hire a fully licensed teacher for the |
| 9 | | vacant position. |
| 10 | | There is no limit on the number of days that a |
| 11 | | substitute teacher may teach in a single school district, |
| 12 | | provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer |
| 13 | | than 120 days beginning with the 2021-2022 school year |
| 14 | | through the 2022-2023 school year, otherwise 90 school |
| 15 | | days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the |
| 16 | | same school year. A substitute teacher who holds a |
| 17 | | Professional Educator License or Educator License with |
| 18 | | Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school days |
| 19 | | for any one licensed teacher under contract in the same |
| 20 | | school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on the |
| 21 | | number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do not |
| 22 | | apply to any school district operating under Article 34 of |
| 23 | | this Code. |
| 24 | | A school district may not require an individual who |
| 25 | | holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator |
| 26 | | License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 164 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher. |
| 2 | | (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning |
| 3 | | on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2028, applicants may |
| 4 | | apply to the State Board of Education for issuance of a |
| 5 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. A Short-Term |
| 6 | | Substitute Teaching License may be issued to a qualified |
| 7 | | applicant for substitute teaching in all grades of the |
| 8 | | public schools, prekindergarten through grade 12. |
| 9 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not eligible |
| 10 | | for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term Substitute |
| 11 | | Teaching License must hold an associate's degree or have |
| 12 | | completed at least 60 credit hours from a regionally |
| 13 | | accredited institution of higher education. |
| 14 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for |
| 15 | | substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an |
| 16 | | individual has had his or her Professional Educator |
| 17 | | License or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or |
| 18 | | revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a |
| 19 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. |
| 20 | | The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this |
| 21 | | Code apply to short-term substitute teachers. |
| 22 | | An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching |
| 23 | | License may teach no more than 15 consecutive days per |
| 24 | | licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher |
| 25 | | absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who |
| 26 | | is under contract, a school district may not hire an |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 165 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching |
| 2 | | License, unless the Governor has declared a disaster due |
| 3 | | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
| 4 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. An individual |
| 5 | | holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching License must |
| 6 | | complete the training program under Section 10-20.67 or |
| 7 | | 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to teach at a public |
| 8 | | school. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses under this |
| 9 | | Section are valid for 5 years. |
| 10 | | (Source: P.A. 103-111, eff. 6-29-23; 103-154, eff. 6-30-23; |
| 11 | | 103-193, eff. 1-1-24; 103-564, eff. 11-17-23; 103-617, eff. |
| 12 | | 7-1-24; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26; 104-316, eff. 8-15-25; revised |
| 13 | | 11-20-25.) |
| 14 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-30) |
| 15 | | Sec. 21B-30. Educator testing. |
| 16 | | (a) (Blank). |
| 17 | | (b) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
| 18 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, shall design |
| 19 | | and implement a system of examinations, which shall be |
| 20 | | required prior to the issuance of educator licenses. These |
| 21 | | examinations and indicators must be based on national and |
| 22 | | State professional teaching standards, as determined by the |
| 23 | | State Board of Education, in consultation with the State |
| 24 | | Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. By July 1, 2027, the |
| 25 | | State Superintendent of Education shall begin incorporating |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 166 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the following topics into revised examinations for individuals |
| 2 | | seeking a Professional Educator License endorsed in teaching |
| 3 | | or administration, excluding a chief school business official |
| 4 | | endorsement: (i) methods of instruction of the exceptional |
| 5 | | child; (ii) methods of reading and reading in the content |
| 6 | | area; and (iii) instructional strategies for English learners. |
| 7 | | The State Board of Education may adopt such rules as may be |
| 8 | | necessary to implement and administer this Section. |
| 9 | | (c) (Blank). |
| 10 | | (c-5) The State Board must adopt rules to implement a |
| 11 | | paraprofessional competency test. This test would allow an |
| 12 | | applicant seeking an Educator License with Stipulations with a |
| 13 | | paraprofessional educator endorsement to obtain the |
| 14 | | endorsement if he or she passes the test and meets the other |
| 15 | | requirements of subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of Section |
| 16 | | 21B-20 other than the higher education requirements. |
| 17 | | (d) All applicants seeking a State license shall be |
| 18 | | required to pass a test of content area knowledge for each area |
| 19 | | of endorsement for which there is an applicable test. There |
| 20 | | shall be no exception to this requirement except for an |
| 21 | | applicant seeking a school support personnel endorsement who |
| 22 | | holds an active and valid professional license issued by the |
| 23 | | Department of Financial and Professional Regulation in the |
| 24 | | same subject matter as the endorsement sought, as specified by |
| 25 | | rule by the State Board, or as provided under subparagraph (P) |
| 26 | | of paragraph (1) of Section 21B-20. However, notwithstanding |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 167 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | any other law to the contrary, individuals seeking a |
| 2 | | short-term approval for school support personnel, as defined |
| 3 | | in rules, are not required to take the test of content area |
| 4 | | knowledge prior to the short-term approval being issued. |
| 5 | | (d-5) The State Board shall consult with any applicable |
| 6 | | vendors within 90 days after July 28, 2023 (the effective date |
| 7 | | of Public Act 103-402) to develop a plan to transition the test |
| 8 | | of content area knowledge in the endorsement area of |
| 9 | | elementary education, grades one through 6, by July 1, 2026 to |
| 10 | | a content area test that contains testing elements that cover |
| 11 | | bilingualism, biliteracy, oral language development, |
| 12 | | foundational literacy skills, and developmentally appropriate |
| 13 | | higher-order comprehension and on which a valid and reliable |
| 14 | | language and literacy subscore can be determined. The State |
| 15 | | Board shall base its rules concerning the passing subscore on |
| 16 | | the language and literacy portion of the test on the |
| 17 | | recommended cut-score determined in the formal |
| 18 | | standard-setting process. Candidates need not achieve a |
| 19 | | particular subscore in the area of language and literacy. The |
| 20 | | State Board shall aggregate and publish the number of |
| 21 | | candidates in each preparation program who take the test and |
| 22 | | the number who pass the language and literacy portion. |
| 23 | | (e) (Blank). |
| 24 | | (f) Beginning on August 4, 2023 (the effective date of |
| 25 | | Public Act 103-488) through August 31, 2026, no candidate |
| 26 | | completing a teacher preparation program in this State or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 168 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | candidate subject to Section 21B-35 of this Code is required |
| 2 | | to pass a teacher performance assessment. Except as otherwise |
| 3 | | provided in this Article, beginning on September 1, 2015 until |
| 4 | | August 4, 2023 (the effective date of Public Act 103-488) and |
| 5 | | beginning again on September 1, 2029, all candidates |
| 6 | | completing teacher preparation programs in this State and all |
| 7 | | candidates subject to Section 21B-35 of this Code are required |
| 8 | | to pass a teacher performance assessment approved by the State |
| 9 | | Board of Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
| 10 | | Preparation and Licensure Board. Any candidate who has |
| 11 | | successfully completed student teaching or has met one of the |
| 12 | | student teaching exceptions set forth in rules prior to |
| 13 | | September 1, 2029 2028 is exempt from this requirement. A |
| 14 | | candidate may not be required to submit test materials by |
| 15 | | video submission. Subject to appropriation, an individual who |
| 16 | | holds a Professional Educator License and is employed for a |
| 17 | | minimum of one school year by a school district designated as |
| 18 | | Tier 1 under Section 18-8.15 may, after application to the |
| 19 | | State Board, receive from the State Board a refund for any |
| 20 | | costs associated with completing the teacher performance |
| 21 | | assessment under this subsection. |
| 22 | | Beginning on September 1, 2026 through August 31, 2029, |
| 23 | | all institutions of higher education offering educator |
| 24 | | preparation programs in this State shall participate in the |
| 25 | | pilot program set forth in Section 21B-32 for the teacher |
| 26 | | performance assessment developed by the State Board of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 169 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Education. |
| 2 | | The State Board of Education shall adopt rules for the |
| 3 | | administration of this subsection. |
| 4 | | (f-5) The Teacher Performance Assessment Task Force is |
| 5 | | created to evaluate potential performance-based and objective |
| 6 | | teacher performance assessment systems for implementation |
| 7 | | across all educator preparation programs in this State, with |
| 8 | | the intention of ensuring consistency across programs and |
| 9 | | supporting a thoughtful and well-rounded licensure system. |
| 10 | | Members appointed to the Task Force must reflect the racial, |
| 11 | | ethnic, and geographic diversity of this State. The Task Force |
| 12 | | shall consist of all of the following members: |
| 13 | | (1) One member of the Senate, appointed by the |
| 14 | | President of the Senate. |
| 15 | | (2) One member of the Senate, appointed by the |
| 16 | | Minority Leader of the Senate. |
| 17 | | (3) One member of the House of Representatives, |
| 18 | | appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives. |
| 19 | | (4) One member of the House of Representatives, |
| 20 | | appointed by the Minority Leader of the House of |
| 21 | | Representatives. |
| 22 | | (5) One member who represents a statewide professional |
| 23 | | teachers' organization, appointed by the State |
| 24 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 25 | | (6) One member who represents a different statewide |
| 26 | | professional teachers' organization, appointed by the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 170 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | State Superintendent of Education. |
| 2 | | (7) One member from a statewide organization |
| 3 | | representing school principals, appointed by the State |
| 4 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 5 | | (8) One member from a statewide organization |
| 6 | | representing regional superintendents of schools, |
| 7 | | appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. |
| 8 | | (9) One member from a statewide organization |
| 9 | | representing school administrators, appointed by the State |
| 10 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 11 | | (10) One member representing a school district |
| 12 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code, appointed by the |
| 13 | | State Superintendent of Education. |
| 14 | | (11) One member of an association representing rural |
| 15 | | and small schools, appointed by the State Superintendent |
| 16 | | of Education. |
| 17 | | (12) One member representing a suburban school |
| 18 | | district, appointed by the State Superintendent of |
| 19 | | Education. |
| 20 | | (13) One member from a statewide organization |
| 21 | | representing school districts in the southern suburbs of |
| 22 | | the City of Chicago, appointed by the State Superintendent |
| 23 | | of Education. |
| 24 | | (14) One member from a statewide organization |
| 25 | | representing large unit school districts, appointed by the |
| 26 | | State Superintendent of Education. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 171 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (15) One member from a statewide organization |
| 2 | | representing school districts in the collar counties of |
| 3 | | the City of Chicago, appointed by the State Superintendent |
| 4 | | of Education. |
| 5 | | (16) Three members, each representing a different |
| 6 | | public university in this State and each a current member |
| 7 | | of the faculty of an approved educator preparation |
| 8 | | program, appointed by the State Superintendent of |
| 9 | | Education. |
| 10 | | (17) Three members, each representing a different |
| 11 | | 4-year nonpublic university or college in this State and |
| 12 | | each a current member of the faculty of an approved |
| 13 | | educator preparation program, appointed by the State |
| 14 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 15 | | (18) One member of the Board of Higher Education, |
| 16 | | appointed by the State Superintendent of Education. |
| 17 | | (19) One member representing a statewide policy |
| 18 | | organization advocating on behalf of multilingual students |
| 19 | | and families, appointed by the State Superintendent of |
| 20 | | Education. |
| 21 | | (20) One member representing a statewide organization |
| 22 | | focused on research-based education policy to support a |
| 23 | | school system that prepares all students for college, a |
| 24 | | career, and democratic citizenship, appointed by the State |
| 25 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 26 | | (21) Two members representing an early childhood |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 172 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | advocacy organization, appointed by the State |
| 2 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 3 | | (22) One member representing a statewide organization |
| 4 | | that partners with educator preparation programs and |
| 5 | | school districts to support the growth and development of |
| 6 | | preservice teachers, appointed by the State Superintendent |
| 7 | | of Education. |
| 8 | | (23) One member representing a statewide organization |
| 9 | | that advocates for educational equity and racial justice |
| 10 | | in schools, appointed by the State Superintendent of |
| 11 | | Education. |
| 12 | | (24) One member representing a statewide organization |
| 13 | | that represents school boards, appointed by the State |
| 14 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 15 | | (25) One member who has, within the last 5 years, |
| 16 | | served as a cooperating teacher, appointed by the State |
| 17 | | Superintendent of Education. |
| 18 | | Members of the Task Force shall serve without |
| 19 | | compensation. The Task Force shall first meet at the call of |
| 20 | | the State Superintendent of Education, and each subsequent |
| 21 | | meeting shall be called by the chairperson of the Task Force, |
| 22 | | who shall be designated by the State Superintendent of |
| 23 | | Education. The State Board of Education shall provide |
| 24 | | administrative and other support to the Task Force. |
| 25 | | On or before October 31, 2024, the Task Force shall report |
| 26 | | on its work, including recommendations on a teacher |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 173 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | performance assessment system in this State, to the State |
| 2 | | Board of Education and the General Assembly. The Task Force is |
| 3 | | dissolved upon submission of this report. |
| 4 | | (g) The content area knowledge test and the teacher |
| 5 | | performance assessment shall be the tests that from time to |
| 6 | | time are designated by the State Board of Education, in |
| 7 | | consultation with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| 8 | | Board, and may be tests prepared by an educational testing |
| 9 | | organization or tests designed by the State Board of |
| 10 | | Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation |
| 11 | | and Licensure Board. The test of content area knowledge shall |
| 12 | | assess content knowledge in a specific subject field. The |
| 13 | | tests must be designed to be racially neutral to ensure that no |
| 14 | | person taking the tests is discriminated against on the basis |
| 15 | | of race, color, national origin, or other factors unrelated to |
| 16 | | the person's ability to perform as a licensed employee. The |
| 17 | | score required to pass the tests shall be fixed by the State |
| 18 | | Board of Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
| 19 | | Preparation and Licensure Board. The State Board of |
| 20 | | Education's rules for scoring the content area knowledge test |
| 21 | | may include scoring and retaking of each test section |
| 22 | | separately and independently. The tests shall be administered |
| 23 | | not fewer than 3 times a year at such time and place as may be |
| 24 | | designated by the State Board of Education, in consultation |
| 25 | | with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. |
| 26 | | The State Board shall implement a test or tests to assess |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 174 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the speaking, reading, writing, and grammar skills of |
| 2 | | applicants for an endorsement or a license issued under |
| 3 | | subdivision (G) of paragraph (2) of Section 21B-20 of this |
| 4 | | Code in the English language and in the language of the |
| 5 | | transitional bilingual education program requested by the |
| 6 | | applicant. |
| 7 | | (g-5) On or before July 1, 2026, the State Board of |
| 8 | | Education shall post publicly on its website the process by |
| 9 | | which the State Board or any entity designated by the State |
| 10 | | Board evaluates content area knowledge tests to determine |
| 11 | | content validity, an absence of bias, or the scores required |
| 12 | | to pass such tests. The State Board shall also make the |
| 13 | | following information publicly available on its website: |
| 14 | | (1) the process by which members are selected to form |
| 15 | | a committee or group to make the determinations set forth |
| 16 | | in this subsection (g-5); and |
| 17 | | (2) the agenda and summary of each meeting of any such |
| 18 | | committee or group. |
| 19 | | (h) Except as provided in Section 34-6 of this Code, the |
| 20 | | provisions of this Section shall apply equally in any school |
| 21 | | district subject to Article 34 of this Code. |
| 22 | | (i) The rules developed to implement and enforce the |
| 23 | | testing requirements under this Section shall include, without |
| 24 | | limitation, provisions governing test selection, test |
| 25 | | validation, and determination of a passing score, |
| 26 | | administration of the tests, frequency of administration, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 175 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | applicant fees, frequency of applicants taking the tests, the |
| 2 | | years for which a score is valid, and appropriate special |
| 3 | | accommodations. The State Board of Education shall develop |
| 4 | | such rules as may be needed to ensure uniformity from year to |
| 5 | | year in the level of difficulty for each form of an assessment. |
| 6 | | (Source: P.A. 103-402, eff. 7-28-23; 103-488, eff. 8-4-23; |
| 7 | | 103-605, eff. 7-1-24; 103-780, eff. 8-2-24; 103-811, eff. |
| 8 | | 8-9-24; 103-846, eff. 8-9-24; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26; 104-385, |
| 9 | | eff. 1-1-26; 104-399, eff. 1-1-26; revised 9-12-25.) |
| 10 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-32) |
| 11 | | (Section scheduled to be repealed on January 1, 2028) |
| 12 | | Sec. 21B-32. Teacher Performance Assessment Advisory |
| 13 | | Committee. |
| 14 | | (a) The State Superintendent of Education shall establish |
| 15 | | a Teacher Performance Assessment Advisory Committee of no more |
| 16 | | than 15 members to aid in operationalizing and creating a |
| 17 | | pilot, State-developed, teacher performance assessment (TPA). |
| 18 | | The Committee shall, at a minimum, do all of the following: |
| 19 | | (1) Create materials and resources that are necessary |
| 20 | | for the implementation of a TPA. |
| 21 | | (2) Identify sources of evidence required for the |
| 22 | | evaluation of a TPA. |
| 23 | | (3) Monitor a multiyear pilot program to create a |
| 24 | | State-developed TPA and make recommendations informed by |
| 25 | | collected data of modifications to the TPA. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 176 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (4) Support the State Board of Education in developing |
| 2 | | rubrics and the resources necessary for the completion and |
| 3 | | evaluation of the valid and reliable assessment, creating |
| 4 | | the required training for evaluators of the assessment, |
| 5 | | implementing the multiyear pilot program, including, but |
| 6 | | not limited to, establishing criteria and sufficient |
| 7 | | evidence for successful completion of the TPA, and |
| 8 | | recommending refinements to the assessment as needed. |
| 9 | | (b) The membership of the Committee shall include |
| 10 | | individuals with expertise in assessment development, |
| 11 | | including statisticians and psychometricians, and individuals |
| 12 | | with expertise in the elements of effective teaching, |
| 13 | | including current Illinois educators. The membership of the |
| 14 | | Committee shall represent the ethnic, racial, and geographic |
| 15 | | diversity of this State and include expertise across early |
| 16 | | childhood, elementary, middle, and high school settings, as |
| 17 | | well as expertise in the instruction of English learners and |
| 18 | | students with disabilities. |
| 19 | | (c) The State Board of Education shall provide |
| 20 | | administrative support to the Committee. |
| 21 | | (d) Members of the Committee shall serve without |
| 22 | | compensation, but may be reimbursed for reasonable and |
| 23 | | necessary expenses, including travel, from funds appropriated |
| 24 | | to the State Board of Education for that purpose, subject to |
| 25 | | the rules of the appropriate travel control board. |
| 26 | | (e) The first meeting of the Committee shall be at the call |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 177 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | of the State Superintendent, and each subsequent meeting shall |
| 2 | | be at the call of the chairperson, who shall be designated by |
| 3 | | the State Superintendent. The Committee shall hold regular |
| 4 | | meetings at least quarterly and such other meetings as |
| 5 | | determined by its chairperson. |
| 6 | | (f) Data from completed pilot TPAs from institutions of |
| 7 | | higher education with approved educator preparation programs |
| 8 | | shall be shared with the Committee, which shall, as |
| 9 | | applicable, provide an annual recommendation on the use of the |
| 10 | | TPA to the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board and |
| 11 | | the State Board of Education. |
| 12 | | (g) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
| 13 | | Committee, may adopt such rules as may be necessary for the |
| 14 | | administration of this Section. |
| 15 | | (h) This Section is repealed on January 1, 2029 2028. |
| 16 | | (Source: P.A. 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 17 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-35) |
| 18 | | Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in |
| 19 | | other states or countries. |
| 20 | | (a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an |
| 21 | | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois |
| 22 | | institution of higher education applying for a Professional |
| 23 | | Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school |
| 24 | | support personnel area must meet the following requirements: |
| 25 | | (1) the applicant must: |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 178 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (A) hold a comparable and valid educator license |
| 2 | | or certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade |
| 3 | | level and content area credentials from another state, |
| 4 | | with the State Board of Education having the authority |
| 5 | | to determine what constitutes similar grade level and |
| 6 | | content area credentials from another state; |
| 7 | | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally |
| 8 | | accredited institution of higher education; |
| 9 | | (C) (blank); and |
| 10 | | (D) have successfully passed all State |
| 11 | | examinations required by Section 21B-30; however, an |
| 12 | | applicant who has successfully completed a test of |
| 13 | | content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial |
| 14 | | licensure in another state is not required to complete |
| 15 | | a test of content area knowledge under Section 21B-30; |
| 16 | | or |
| 17 | | (2) the applicant must: |
| 18 | | (A) have completed a state-approved program for |
| 19 | | the licensure area sought, including . Until July 1, |
| 20 | | 2027 or the date that the revised test for a particular |
| 21 | | content area is implemented, whichever is later, the |
| 22 | | program must include coursework concerning (i) methods |
| 23 | | of instruction of the exceptional child, (ii) methods |
| 24 | | of reading that align with all applicable standards |
| 25 | | set forth in Part 23 of Title 23 of the Illinois |
| 26 | | Administrative Code and reading in the content area, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 179 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and (iii) instructional strategies for English |
| 2 | | learners; however, an applicant who has successfully |
| 3 | | completed the revised State examination identified in |
| 4 | | subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 and a state-approved |
| 5 | | program does not need to show completion of the |
| 6 | | coursework identified in this subparagraph (A); |
| 7 | | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally |
| 8 | | accredited institution of higher education; |
| 9 | | (C) have successfully met all Illinois examination |
| 10 | | requirements, except that: |
| 11 | | (i) (blank); |
| 12 | | (ii) an applicant who has successfully |
| 13 | | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, |
| 14 | | at the time of initial licensure in another state |
| 15 | | is not required to complete a test of content area |
| 16 | | knowledge under Section 21B-30; and |
| 17 | | (iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement |
| 18 | | who has successfully completed an evidence-based |
| 19 | | assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by |
| 20 | | rules, at the time of initial licensure in another |
| 21 | | state is not required to complete an |
| 22 | | evidence-based assessment of teacher |
| 23 | | effectiveness; and |
| 24 | | (D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement, |
| 25 | | have completed student teaching or an equivalent |
| 26 | | experience or, for an applicant for a school service |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 180 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or |
| 2 | | an equivalent experience. |
| 3 | | (b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License |
| 4 | | endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area, |
| 5 | | applicants trained in another country must meet all of the |
| 6 | | following requirements: |
| 7 | | (1) Have completed a comparable education program in |
| 8 | | another country. |
| 9 | | (2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation |
| 10 | | service approved by the State Superintendent of Education. |
| 11 | | (3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a |
| 12 | | regionally accredited institution of higher education. |
| 13 | | (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the |
| 14 | | revised test for a particular content area is implemented, |
| 15 | | whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to |
| 16 | | standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the |
| 17 | | exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with |
| 18 | | all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23 |
| 19 | | of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the |
| 20 | | content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for |
| 21 | | English learners. However, applicants who have |
| 22 | | successfully completed the revised State examination |
| 23 | | identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt |
| 24 | | from this paragraph (4), and applicants Applicants seeking |
| 25 | | a school support personnel endorsement are exempt from |
| 26 | | this paragraph (4). |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 181 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (5) (Blank). |
| 2 | | (6) (Blank). |
| 3 | | (7) Have successfully met all State licensure |
| 4 | | examination requirements. |
| 5 | | (8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent |
| 6 | | experience. |
| 7 | | (9) (Blank). |
| 8 | | (b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an |
| 9 | | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois |
| 10 | | institution of higher education and applicants trained in |
| 11 | | another country applying for a Professional Educator License |
| 12 | | endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's |
| 13 | | degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher |
| 14 | | education and hold a comparable and valid educator license or |
| 15 | | certificate with similar grade level and subject matter |
| 16 | | credentials, with the State Board of Education having the |
| 17 | | authority to determine what constitutes similar grade level |
| 18 | | and subject matter credentials from another state, or must |
| 19 | | meet all of the following requirements: |
| 20 | | (1) Have completed an educator preparation program |
| 21 | | approved by another state or comparable educator program |
| 22 | | in another country leading to the receipt of a license or |
| 23 | | certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought. |
| 24 | | (2) Have successfully met all State licensure |
| 25 | | examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of |
| 26 | | this Code. However, applicants who have successfully |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 182 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the |
| 2 | | time of initial licensure in another state are not |
| 3 | | required to complete a test of content area knowledge. |
| 4 | | (2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by |
| 5 | | rule. |
| 6 | | (3) (Blank). |
| 7 | | (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the |
| 8 | | revised test for a particular content area is implemented, |
| 9 | | whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to |
| 10 | | standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the |
| 11 | | exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with |
| 12 | | all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23 |
| 13 | | of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the |
| 14 | | content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for |
| 15 | | English learners. However, applicants who have |
| 16 | | successfully completed the revised State examination |
| 17 | | identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt |
| 18 | | from this paragraph (4). |
| 19 | | (4.5) (Blank). |
| 20 | | (5) Have completed a master's degree. |
| 21 | | (6) Have successfully completed teaching, school |
| 22 | | support, or administrative experience as defined by rule. |
| 23 | | (b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an |
| 24 | | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois |
| 25 | | institution of higher education applying for a Professional |
| 26 | | Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 183 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited |
| 2 | | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and |
| 3 | | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level |
| 4 | | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of |
| 5 | | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes |
| 6 | | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from |
| 7 | | another state, or must meet all of the following requirements: |
| 8 | | (1) Have completed a master's degree. |
| 9 | | (2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing |
| 10 | | special education services. |
| 11 | | (3) Have successfully completed all examination |
| 12 | | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
| 13 | | However, applicants who have successfully completed a test |
| 14 | | of content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial |
| 15 | | licensure in another state are not required to complete a |
| 16 | | test of content area knowledge. |
| 17 | | (4) Have Until July 1, 2027 or the date that the |
| 18 | | revised test for a particular content area is implemented, |
| 19 | | whichever is later, have completed coursework aligned to |
| 20 | | standards concerning (i) methods of instruction of the |
| 21 | | exceptional child, (ii) methods of reading that align with |
| 22 | | all applicable standards set forth in Part 26 of Title 23 |
| 23 | | of the Illinois Administrative Code and reading in the |
| 24 | | content area, and (iii) instructional strategies for |
| 25 | | English learners. However, applicants who have |
| 26 | | successfully completed the revised State examination |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 184 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | identified in subsection (b) of Section 21B-30 are exempt |
| 2 | | from this paragraph (4). |
| 3 | | (b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an |
| 4 | | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois |
| 5 | | institution of higher education applying for a Professional |
| 6 | | Educator License endorsed for chief school business official |
| 7 | | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited |
| 8 | | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and |
| 9 | | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level |
| 10 | | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of |
| 11 | | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes |
| 12 | | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from |
| 13 | | another state, or must meet all of the following requirements: |
| 14 | | (1) Have completed a master's degree in school |
| 15 | | business management, finance, or accounting. |
| 16 | | (2) Have successfully completed an internship in |
| 17 | | school business management or have 2 years of experience |
| 18 | | as a school business administrator. |
| 19 | | (3) Have successfully met all State examination |
| 20 | | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
| 21 | | However, applicants who have successfully completed a test |
| 22 | | of content, as defined by rules, at the time of initial |
| 23 | | licensure in another state are not required to complete a |
| 24 | | test of content area knowledge. |
| 25 | | (4) (Blank). |
| 26 | | (c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 185 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such |
| 2 | | rules as may be necessary to implement this Section. |
| 3 | | (Source: P.A. 103-402, eff. 7-28-23; 104-128, eff. 1-1-26.) |
| 4 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-40) |
| 5 | | Sec. 21B-40. Fees. |
| 6 | | (a) Beginning with the start of the new licensure system |
| 7 | | established pursuant to this Article, the following fees shall |
| 8 | | be charged to applicants: |
| 9 | | (1) A $100 application fee for a Professional Educator |
| 10 | | License or an Educator License with Stipulations. |
| 11 | | (1.5) A $50 application fee for a Substitute Teaching |
| 12 | | License. If the application for a Substitute Teaching |
| 13 | | License is made and granted after July 1, 2017, the |
| 14 | | licensee may apply for a refund of the application fee |
| 15 | | within 18 months of issuance of the new license and shall |
| 16 | | be issued that refund by the State Board of Education if |
| 17 | | the licensee provides evidence to the State Board of |
| 18 | | Education that the licensee has taught pursuant to the |
| 19 | | Substitute Teaching License at least 10 full school days |
| 20 | | within one year of issuance. |
| 21 | | (1.7) A $25 application fee for a Short-Term |
| 22 | | Substitute Teaching License. The Short-Term Substitute |
| 23 | | Teaching License must be registered in at least one region |
| 24 | | in this State, but does not require a registration fee. |
| 25 | | The licensee may apply for a refund of the application fee |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 186 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | within 18 months of issuance of the new license and shall |
| 2 | | be issued that refund by the State Board of Education if |
| 3 | | the licensee provides evidence to the State Board of |
| 4 | | Education that the licensee has taught pursuant to the |
| 5 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License at least 10 full |
| 6 | | school days within one year of issuance. The application |
| 7 | | fee for a Short-Term Substitute Teaching License shall be |
| 8 | | waived when the Governor has declared a disaster due to a |
| 9 | | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
| 10 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
| 11 | | (2) A $150 application fee for individuals who have |
| 12 | | not been entitled by an Illinois-approved educator |
| 13 | | preparation program at an Illinois institution of higher |
| 14 | | education and are seeking any of the licenses set forth in |
| 15 | | subdivision (1) of this subsection (a). |
| 16 | | (3) A $50 application fee for each endorsement or |
| 17 | | approval. |
| 18 | | (4) A $10 per year registration fee for the course of |
| 19 | | the validity cycle to register the license, which shall be |
| 20 | | paid to the regional office of education having |
| 21 | | supervision and control over the school in which the |
| 22 | | individual holding the license is to be employed. If the |
| 23 | | individual holding the license is not yet employed, then |
| 24 | | the license may be registered in any county in this State. |
| 25 | | The registration fee must be paid in its entirety the |
| 26 | | first time the individual registers the license for a |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 187 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | particular validity period in a single region. No |
| 2 | | additional fee may be charged for that validity period |
| 3 | | should the individual subsequently register the license in |
| 4 | | additional regions. An individual must register the |
| 5 | | license (i) immediately after initial issuance of the |
| 6 | | license and (ii) at the beginning of each renewal cycle if |
| 7 | | the individual has satisfied the renewal requirements |
| 8 | | required under this Code. |
| 9 | | Beginning on July 1, 2017, at the beginning of each |
| 10 | | renewal cycle, individuals who hold a Substitute Teaching |
| 11 | | License may apply for a reimbursement of the registration |
| 12 | | fee within 18 months of renewal and shall be issued that |
| 13 | | reimbursement by the State Board of Education from funds |
| 14 | | appropriated for that purpose if the licensee provides |
| 15 | | evidence to the State Board of Education that the licensee |
| 16 | | has taught pursuant to the Substitute Teaching License at |
| 17 | | least 10 full school days within one year of renewal. |
| 18 | | (5) The license renewal fee for an Educator License |
| 19 | | with Stipulations with a paraprofessional educator |
| 20 | | endorsement is $25. |
| 21 | | (b) All application fees paid pursuant to subdivisions (1) |
| 22 | | through (3) of subsection (a) of this Section shall be |
| 23 | | deposited into the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving |
| 24 | | Fund and shall be used, subject to appropriation, by the State |
| 25 | | Board of Education to provide the technology and human |
| 26 | | resources necessary for the timely and efficient processing of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 188 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | applications and for the renewal of licenses. Funds available |
| 2 | | from the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund may |
| 3 | | also be used by the State Board of Education to support the |
| 4 | | recruitment and retention of educators, to support educator |
| 5 | | preparation programs in preparing high quality educators as |
| 6 | | they seek national accreditation, and to provide professional |
| 7 | | development aligned with the requirements set forth in Section |
| 8 | | 21B-45 of this Code. A majority of the funds in the Teacher |
| 9 | | Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund must be dedicated to |
| 10 | | the timely and efficient processing of applications and for |
| 11 | | the renewal of licenses. The Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee |
| 12 | | Revolving Fund is not subject to administrative charge |
| 13 | | transfers, authorized under Section 8h of the State Finance |
| 14 | | Act, from the Teacher Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund |
| 15 | | into any other fund of this State, and moneys in the Teacher |
| 16 | | Licensure Certificate Fee Revolving Fund shall not revert back |
| 17 | | to the General Revenue Fund at any time. |
| 18 | | The regional superintendent of schools shall deposit the |
| 19 | | registration fees paid pursuant to subdivision (4) of |
| 20 | | subsection (a) of this Section into the institute fund |
| 21 | | established pursuant to Section 3-11 of this Code. |
| 22 | | (c) The State Board of Education and each regional office |
| 23 | | of education are authorized to charge a service or convenience |
| 24 | | fee for the use of credit cards for the payment of license |
| 25 | | fees. This service or convenience fee shall not exceed the |
| 26 | | amount required by the credit card processing company or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 189 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | vendor that has entered into a contract with the State Board or |
| 2 | | regional office of education for this purpose, and the fee |
| 3 | | must be paid to that company or vendor. |
| 4 | | (d) If, at the time a certificate issued under Article 21 |
| 5 | | of this Code is exchanged for a license issued under this |
| 6 | | Article, a person has paid registration fees for any years of |
| 7 | | the validity period of the certificate and these years have |
| 8 | | not expired when the certificate is exchanged, then those fees |
| 9 | | must be applied to the registration of the new license. |
| 10 | | (Source: P.A. 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; |
| 11 | | 102-867, eff. 5-13-22.) |
| 12 | | (105 ILCS 5/22-30) |
| 13 | | Sec. 22-30. Self-administration and self-carry of asthma |
| 14 | | medication and epinephrine delivery systems injectors; |
| 15 | | administration of undesignated epinephrine delivery systems |
| 16 | | injectors; administration of an opioid antagonist; |
| 17 | | administration of undesignated asthma medication; supply of |
| 18 | | undesignated oxygen tanks; asthma episode emergency response |
| 19 | | protocol. |
| 20 | | (a) For the purpose of this Section only, the following |
| 21 | | terms shall have the meanings set forth below: |
| 22 | | "Asthma action plan" means a written plan developed with a |
| 23 | | pupil's medical provider to help control the pupil's asthma. |
| 24 | | The goal of an asthma action plan is to reduce or prevent |
| 25 | | flare-ups and emergency department visits through day-to-day |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 190 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | management and to serve as a student-specific document to be |
| 2 | | referenced in the event of an asthma episode. |
| 3 | | "Asthma episode emergency response protocol" means a |
| 4 | | procedure to provide assistance to a pupil experiencing |
| 5 | | symptoms of wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, chest |
| 6 | | tightness, or breathing difficulty. |
| 7 | | "Epinephrine delivery system" means any form of |
| 8 | | epinephrine that is approved by the United States Food and |
| 9 | | Drug Administration, including any device that contains a dose |
| 10 | | of epinephrine, and that is used to administer epinephrine |
| 11 | | into the human body to prevent or treat a life-threatening |
| 12 | | allergic reaction injector" includes an auto-injector approved |
| 13 | | by the United States Food and Drug Administration for the |
| 14 | | administration of epinephrine and a pre-filled syringe |
| 15 | | approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration and |
| 16 | | used for the administration of epinephrine that contains a |
| 17 | | pre-measured dose of epinephrine that is equivalent to the |
| 18 | | dosages used in an auto-injector. |
| 19 | | "Asthma medication" means quick-relief asthma medication, |
| 20 | | including albuterol or other short-acting bronchodilators, |
| 21 | | that is approved by the United States Food and Drug |
| 22 | | Administration for the treatment of respiratory distress. |
| 23 | | "Asthma medication" includes medication delivered through a |
| 24 | | device, including a metered dose inhaler with a reusable or |
| 25 | | disposable spacer or a nebulizer with a mouthpiece or mask. |
| 26 | | "Opioid antagonist" means a drug that binds to opioid |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 191 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | receptors and blocks or inhibits the effect of opioids acting |
| 2 | | on those receptors, including, but not limited to, naloxone |
| 3 | | hydrochloride or any other similarly acting drug approved by |
| 4 | | the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. |
| 5 | | "Respiratory distress" means the perceived or actual |
| 6 | | presence of wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, chest |
| 7 | | tightness, breathing difficulty, or any other symptoms |
| 8 | | consistent with asthma. Respiratory distress may be |
| 9 | | categorized as "mild-to-moderate" or "severe". |
| 10 | | "School nurse" means a registered nurse working in a |
| 11 | | school with or without licensure endorsed in school nursing. |
| 12 | | "Self-administration" means a pupil's discretionary use of |
| 13 | | his or her prescribed asthma medication or epinephrine |
| 14 | | delivery system injector. |
| 15 | | "Self-carry" means a pupil's ability to carry his or her |
| 16 | | prescribed asthma medication or epinephrine delivery system |
| 17 | | injector. |
| 18 | | "Standing protocol" may be issued by (i) a physician |
| 19 | | licensed to practice medicine in all its branches, (ii) a |
| 20 | | licensed physician assistant with prescriptive authority, or |
| 21 | | (iii) a licensed advanced practice registered nurse with |
| 22 | | prescriptive authority. |
| 23 | | "Trained personnel" means any school employee or volunteer |
| 24 | | personnel authorized in Sections 10-22.34, 10-22.34a, and |
| 25 | | 10-22.34b of this Code who has completed training under |
| 26 | | subsection (g) of this Section to recognize and respond to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 192 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | anaphylaxis, an opioid overdose, or respiratory distress. |
| 2 | | "Undesignated asthma medication" means asthma medication |
| 3 | | prescribed in the name of a school district, public school, |
| 4 | | charter school, or nonpublic school. |
| 5 | | "Undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector" means |
| 6 | | an epinephrine delivery system injector prescribed in the name |
| 7 | | of a school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 8 | | nonpublic school. |
| 9 | | (b) A school, whether public, charter, or nonpublic, must |
| 10 | | permit the self-administration and self-carry of asthma |
| 11 | | medication by a pupil with asthma or the self-administration |
| 12 | | and self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system injector by a |
| 13 | | pupil, provided that: |
| 14 | | (1) the parents or guardians of the pupil provide to |
| 15 | | the school (i) written authorization from the parents or |
| 16 | | guardians for (A) the self-administration and self-carry |
| 17 | | of asthma medication or (B) the self-carry of asthma |
| 18 | | medication or (ii) for (A) the self-administration and |
| 19 | | self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system injector or |
| 20 | | (B) the self-carry of an epinephrine delivery system |
| 21 | | injector, written authorization from the pupil's |
| 22 | | physician, physician assistant, or advanced practice |
| 23 | | registered nurse; and |
| 24 | | (2) the parents or guardians of the pupil provide to |
| 25 | | the school (i) the prescription label, which must contain |
| 26 | | the name of the asthma medication, the prescribed dosage, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 193 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and the time at which or circumstances under which the |
| 2 | | asthma medication is to be administered, or (ii) for the |
| 3 | | self-administration or self-carry of an epinephrine |
| 4 | | delivery system injector, a written statement from the |
| 5 | | pupil's physician, physician assistant, or advanced |
| 6 | | practice registered nurse containing the following |
| 7 | | information: |
| 8 | | (A) the name and purpose of the epinephrine |
| 9 | | delivery system injector; |
| 10 | | (B) the prescribed dosage; and |
| 11 | | (C) the time or times at which or the special |
| 12 | | circumstances under which the epinephrine delivery |
| 13 | | system injector is to be administered. |
| 14 | | The information provided shall be kept on file in the office of |
| 15 | | the school nurse or, in the absence of a school nurse, the |
| 16 | | school's administrator. |
| 17 | | (b-5) A school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 18 | | nonpublic school may authorize the provision of a |
| 19 | | student-specific or undesignated epinephrine delivery system |
| 20 | | injector to a student or any personnel authorized under a |
| 21 | | student's Individual Health Care Action Plan, allergy |
| 22 | | emergency action plan, or plan pursuant to Section 504 of the |
| 23 | | federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to administer an |
| 24 | | epinephrine delivery system injector to the student, that |
| 25 | | meets the student's prescription on file. |
| 26 | | (b-10) The school district, public school, charter school, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 194 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | or nonpublic school may authorize a school nurse or trained |
| 2 | | personnel to do the following: (i) provide an undesignated |
| 3 | | epinephrine delivery system injector to a student for |
| 4 | | self-administration only or any personnel authorized under a |
| 5 | | student's Individual Health Care Action Plan, allergy |
| 6 | | emergency action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the |
| 7 | | federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized |
| 8 | | education program plan to administer to the student that meets |
| 9 | | the student's prescription on file; (ii) administer an |
| 10 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector that meets |
| 11 | | the prescription on file to any student who has an Individual |
| 12 | | Health Care Action Plan, allergy emergency action plan, plan |
| 13 | | pursuant to Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of |
| 14 | | 1973, or individualized education program plan that authorizes |
| 15 | | the use of an epinephrine delivery system injector; (iii) |
| 16 | | administer an undesignated epinephrine delivery system |
| 17 | | injector to any person that the school nurse or trained |
| 18 | | personnel in good faith believes is having an anaphylactic |
| 19 | | reaction; (iv) administer an opioid antagonist to any person |
| 20 | | that the school nurse or trained personnel in good faith |
| 21 | | believes is having an opioid overdose; (v) provide |
| 22 | | undesignated asthma medication to a student for |
| 23 | | self-administration only or to any personnel authorized under |
| 24 | | a student's Individual Health Care Action Plan or asthma |
| 25 | | action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the federal |
| 26 | | Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized education |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 195 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | program plan to administer to the student that meets the |
| 2 | | student's prescription on file; (vi) administer undesignated |
| 3 | | asthma medication that meets the prescription on file to any |
| 4 | | student who has an Individual Health Care Action Plan or |
| 5 | | asthma action plan, plan pursuant to Section 504 of the |
| 6 | | federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or individualized |
| 7 | | education program plan that authorizes the use of asthma |
| 8 | | medication; and (vii) administer undesignated asthma |
| 9 | | medication to any person that the school nurse or trained |
| 10 | | personnel believes in good faith is having respiratory |
| 11 | | distress. |
| 12 | | (c) The school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 13 | | nonpublic school must inform the parents or guardians of the |
| 14 | | pupil, in writing, that the school district, public school, |
| 15 | | charter school, or nonpublic school and its employees and |
| 16 | | agents, including a physician, physician assistant, or |
| 17 | | advanced practice registered nurse providing standing protocol |
| 18 | | and a prescription for school epinephrine delivery systems |
| 19 | | injectors, an opioid antagonist, or undesignated asthma |
| 20 | | medication, are to incur no liability or professional |
| 21 | | discipline, except for willful and wanton conduct, as a result |
| 22 | | of any injury arising from the administration of asthma |
| 23 | | medication, an epinephrine delivery system injector, or an |
| 24 | | opioid antagonist regardless of whether authorization was |
| 25 | | given by the pupil's parents or guardians or by the pupil's |
| 26 | | physician, physician assistant, or advanced practice |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 196 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | registered nurse. The parents or guardians of the pupil must |
| 2 | | sign a statement acknowledging that the school district, |
| 3 | | public school, charter school, or nonpublic school and its |
| 4 | | employees and agents are to incur no liability, except for |
| 5 | | willful and wanton conduct, as a result of any injury arising |
| 6 | | from the administration of asthma medication, an epinephrine |
| 7 | | delivery system injector, or an opioid antagonist regardless |
| 8 | | of whether authorization was given by the pupil's parents or |
| 9 | | guardians or by the pupil's physician, physician assistant, or |
| 10 | | advanced practice registered nurse and that the parents or |
| 11 | | guardians must indemnify and hold harmless the school |
| 12 | | district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school |
| 13 | | and its employees and agents against any claims, except a |
| 14 | | claim based on willful and wanton conduct, arising out of the |
| 15 | | administration of asthma medication, an epinephrine delivery |
| 16 | | system injector, or an opioid antagonist regardless of whether |
| 17 | | authorization was given by the pupil's parents or guardians or |
| 18 | | by the pupil's physician, physician assistant, or advanced |
| 19 | | practice registered nurse. |
| 20 | | (c-5) When a school nurse or trained personnel administers |
| 21 | | an undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector to a |
| 22 | | person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good |
| 23 | | faith believes is having an anaphylactic reaction, administers |
| 24 | | an opioid antagonist to a person whom the school nurse or |
| 25 | | trained personnel in good faith believes is having an opioid |
| 26 | | overdose, or administers undesignated asthma medication to a |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 197 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good |
| 2 | | faith believes is having respiratory distress, notwithstanding |
| 3 | | the lack of notice to the parents or guardians of the pupil or |
| 4 | | the absence of the parents or guardians signed statement |
| 5 | | acknowledging no liability, except for willful and wanton |
| 6 | | conduct, the school district, public school, charter school, |
| 7 | | or nonpublic school and its employees and agents, and a |
| 8 | | physician, a physician assistant, or an advanced practice |
| 9 | | registered nurse providing standing protocol and a |
| 10 | | prescription for undesignated epinephrine delivery systems |
| 11 | | injectors, an opioid antagonist, or undesignated asthma |
| 12 | | medication, are to incur no liability or professional |
| 13 | | discipline, except for willful and wanton conduct, as a result |
| 14 | | of any injury arising from the use of an undesignated |
| 15 | | epinephrine delivery system injector, the use of an opioid |
| 16 | | antagonist, or the use of undesignated asthma medication, |
| 17 | | regardless of whether authorization was given by the pupil's |
| 18 | | parents or guardians or by the pupil's physician, physician |
| 19 | | assistant, or advanced practice registered nurse. |
| 20 | | (d) The permission for self-administration and self-carry |
| 21 | | of asthma medication or the self-administration and self-carry |
| 22 | | of an epinephrine delivery system injector is effective for |
| 23 | | the school year for which it is granted and shall be renewed |
| 24 | | each subsequent school year upon fulfillment of the |
| 25 | | requirements of this Section. |
| 26 | | (e) Provided that the requirements of this Section are |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 198 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | fulfilled, a pupil with asthma may self-administer and |
| 2 | | self-carry his or her asthma medication or a pupil may |
| 3 | | self-administer and self-carry an epinephrine delivery system |
| 4 | | injector (i) while in school, (ii) while at a school-sponsored |
| 5 | | activity, (iii) while under the supervision of school |
| 6 | | personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school activities, |
| 7 | | such as while in before-school or after-school care on |
| 8 | | school-operated property or while being transported on a |
| 9 | | school bus. |
| 10 | | (e-5) Provided that the requirements of this Section are |
| 11 | | fulfilled, a school nurse or trained personnel may administer |
| 12 | | an undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector to any |
| 13 | | person whom the school nurse or trained personnel in good |
| 14 | | faith believes to be having an anaphylactic reaction (i) while |
| 15 | | in school, (ii) while at a school-sponsored activity, (iii) |
| 16 | | while under the supervision of school personnel, or (iv) |
| 17 | | before or after normal school activities, such as while in |
| 18 | | before-school or after-school care on school-operated property |
| 19 | | or while being transported on a school bus. A school nurse or |
| 20 | | trained personnel may carry undesignated epinephrine delivery |
| 21 | | systems injectors on his or her person while in school or at a |
| 22 | | school-sponsored activity. |
| 23 | | (e-10) Provided that the requirements of this Section are |
| 24 | | fulfilled, a school nurse or trained personnel may administer |
| 25 | | an opioid antagonist to any person whom the school nurse or |
| 26 | | trained personnel in good faith believes to be having an |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 199 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | opioid overdose (i) while in school, (ii) while at a |
| 2 | | school-sponsored activity, (iii) while under the supervision |
| 3 | | of school personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school |
| 4 | | activities, such as while in before-school or after-school |
| 5 | | care on school-operated property. A school nurse or trained |
| 6 | | personnel may carry an opioid antagonist on his or her person |
| 7 | | while in school or at a school-sponsored activity. |
| 8 | | (e-15) If the requirements of this Section are met, a |
| 9 | | school nurse or trained personnel may administer undesignated |
| 10 | | asthma medication to any person whom the school nurse or |
| 11 | | trained personnel in good faith believes to be experiencing |
| 12 | | respiratory distress (i) while in school, (ii) while at a |
| 13 | | school-sponsored activity, (iii) while under the supervision |
| 14 | | of school personnel, or (iv) before or after normal school |
| 15 | | activities, including before-school or after-school care on |
| 16 | | school-operated property. A school nurse or trained personnel |
| 17 | | may carry undesignated asthma medication on his or her person |
| 18 | | while in school or at a school-sponsored activity. |
| 19 | | (f) The school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 20 | | nonpublic school may maintain a supply of undesignated |
| 21 | | epinephrine delivery systems injectors in any secure location |
| 22 | | that is accessible before, during, and after school where an |
| 23 | | allergic person is most at risk, including, but not limited |
| 24 | | to, classrooms and lunchrooms. A physician, a physician |
| 25 | | assistant who has prescriptive authority in accordance with |
| 26 | | Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 200 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | or an advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive |
| 2 | | authority in accordance with Section 65-40 of the Nurse |
| 3 | | Practice Act may prescribe undesignated epinephrine delivery |
| 4 | | systems injectors in the name of the school district, public |
| 5 | | school, charter school, or nonpublic school to be maintained |
| 6 | | for use when necessary. Any supply of epinephrine delivery |
| 7 | | systems injectors shall be maintained in accordance with the |
| 8 | | manufacturer's instructions. |
| 9 | | The school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 10 | | nonpublic school shall maintain a supply of an opioid |
| 11 | | antagonist in any secure location where an individual may have |
| 12 | | an opioid overdose, unless there is a shortage of opioid |
| 13 | | antagonists, in which case the school district, public school, |
| 14 | | charter school, or nonpublic school shall make a reasonable |
| 15 | | effort to maintain a supply of an opioid antagonist. Unless |
| 16 | | the school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 17 | | nonpublic school is able to obtain opioid antagonists without |
| 18 | | a prescription, a health care professional who has been |
| 19 | | delegated prescriptive authority for opioid antagonists in |
| 20 | | accordance with Section 5-23 of the Substance Use Disorder Act |
| 21 | | shall prescribe opioid antagonists in the name of the school |
| 22 | | district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school, |
| 23 | | to be maintained for use when necessary. Any supply of opioid |
| 24 | | antagonists shall be maintained in accordance with the |
| 25 | | manufacturer's instructions. |
| 26 | | The school district, public school, charter school, or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 201 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | nonpublic school may maintain a supply of asthma medication in |
| 2 | | any secure location that is accessible before, during, or |
| 3 | | after school where a person is most at risk, including, but not |
| 4 | | limited to, a classroom or the nurse's office. A physician, a |
| 5 | | physician assistant who has prescriptive authority under |
| 6 | | Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987, |
| 7 | | or an advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive |
| 8 | | authority under Section 65-40 of the Nurse Practice Act may |
| 9 | | prescribe undesignated asthma medication in the name of the |
| 10 | | school district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic |
| 11 | | school to be maintained for use when necessary. Any supply of |
| 12 | | undesignated asthma medication must be maintained in |
| 13 | | accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. |
| 14 | | A school district that provides special educational |
| 15 | | facilities for children with disabilities under Section |
| 16 | | 14-4.01 of this Code may maintain a supply of undesignated |
| 17 | | oxygen tanks in any secure location that is accessible before, |
| 18 | | during, and after school where a person with developmental |
| 19 | | disabilities is most at risk, including, but not limited to, |
| 20 | | classrooms and lunchrooms. A physician, a physician assistant |
| 21 | | who has prescriptive authority in accordance with Section 7.5 |
| 22 | | of the Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987, or an |
| 23 | | advanced practice registered nurse who has prescriptive |
| 24 | | authority in accordance with Section 65-40 of the Nurse |
| 25 | | Practice Act may prescribe undesignated oxygen tanks in the |
| 26 | | name of the school district that provides special educational |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 202 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | facilities for children with disabilities under Section |
| 2 | | 14-4.01 of this Code to be maintained for use when necessary. |
| 3 | | Any supply of oxygen tanks shall be maintained in accordance |
| 4 | | with the manufacturer's instructions and with the local fire |
| 5 | | department's rules. |
| 6 | | (f-3) Whichever entity initiates the process of obtaining |
| 7 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors and |
| 8 | | providing training to personnel for carrying and administering |
| 9 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors shall pay |
| 10 | | for the costs of the undesignated epinephrine delivery systems |
| 11 | | injectors. |
| 12 | | (f-5) Upon any administration of an epinephrine delivery |
| 13 | | system injector, a school district, public school, charter |
| 14 | | school, or nonpublic school must immediately activate the EMS |
| 15 | | system and notify the student's parent, guardian, or emergency |
| 16 | | contact, if known. |
| 17 | | Upon any administration of an opioid antagonist, a school |
| 18 | | district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school |
| 19 | | must immediately activate the EMS system and notify the |
| 20 | | student's parent, guardian, or emergency contact, if known. |
| 21 | | (f-10) Within 24 hours of the administration of an |
| 22 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector, a school |
| 23 | | district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school |
| 24 | | must notify the physician, physician assistant, or advanced |
| 25 | | practice registered nurse who provided the standing protocol |
| 26 | | and a prescription for the undesignated epinephrine delivery |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 203 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | system injector of its use. |
| 2 | | Within 24 hours after the administration of an opioid |
| 3 | | antagonist, a school district, public school, charter school, |
| 4 | | or nonpublic school must notify the health care professional |
| 5 | | who provided the prescription for the opioid antagonist of its |
| 6 | | use. |
| 7 | | Within 24 hours after the administration of undesignated |
| 8 | | asthma medication, a school district, public school, charter |
| 9 | | school, or nonpublic school must notify the student's parent |
| 10 | | or guardian or emergency contact, if known, and the physician, |
| 11 | | physician assistant, or advanced practice registered nurse who |
| 12 | | provided the standing protocol and a prescription for the |
| 13 | | undesignated asthma medication of its use. The district or |
| 14 | | school must follow up with the school nurse, if available, and |
| 15 | | may, with the consent of the child's parent or guardian, |
| 16 | | notify the child's health care provider of record, as |
| 17 | | determined under this Section, of its use. |
| 18 | | (g) Prior to the administration of an undesignated |
| 19 | | epinephrine delivery system injector, trained personnel must |
| 20 | | submit to the school's administration proof of completion of a |
| 21 | | training curriculum to recognize and respond to anaphylaxis |
| 22 | | that meets the requirements of subsection (h) of this Section. |
| 23 | | Training must be completed annually. The school district, |
| 24 | | public school, charter school, or nonpublic school must |
| 25 | | maintain records related to the training curriculum and |
| 26 | | trained personnel. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 204 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Prior to the administration of an opioid antagonist, |
| 2 | | trained personnel must submit to the school's administration |
| 3 | | proof of completion of a training curriculum to recognize and |
| 4 | | respond to an opioid overdose, which curriculum must meet the |
| 5 | | requirements of subsection (h-5) of this Section. The school |
| 6 | | district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic school |
| 7 | | must maintain records relating to the training curriculum and |
| 8 | | the trained personnel. |
| 9 | | Prior to the administration of undesignated asthma |
| 10 | | medication, trained personnel must submit to the school's |
| 11 | | administration proof of completion of a training curriculum to |
| 12 | | recognize and respond to respiratory distress, which must meet |
| 13 | | the requirements of subsection (h-10) of this Section. |
| 14 | | Training must be completed annually, and the school district, |
| 15 | | public school, charter school, or nonpublic school must |
| 16 | | maintain records relating to the training curriculum and the |
| 17 | | trained personnel. |
| 18 | | (h) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to |
| 19 | | anaphylaxis, including the administration of an undesignated |
| 20 | | epinephrine delivery system injector, may be conducted online |
| 21 | | or in person. |
| 22 | | Training shall include, but is not limited to: |
| 23 | | (1) how to recognize signs and symptoms of an allergic |
| 24 | | reaction, including anaphylaxis; |
| 25 | | (2) how to administer an epinephrine delivery system |
| 26 | | injector; and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 205 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (3) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge |
| 2 | | required to recognize anaphylaxis and administer an |
| 3 | | epinephrine delivery system injector. |
| 4 | | Training may also include, but is not limited to: |
| 5 | | (A) a review of high-risk areas within a school and |
| 6 | | its related facilities; |
| 7 | | (B) steps to take to prevent exposure to allergens; |
| 8 | | (C) emergency follow-up procedures, including the |
| 9 | | importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is not available, |
| 10 | | other local emergency medical services; |
| 11 | | (D) how to respond to a student with a known allergy, |
| 12 | | as well as a student with a previously unknown allergy; |
| 13 | | (E) other criteria as determined in rules adopted |
| 14 | | pursuant to this Section; and |
| 15 | | (F) any policy developed by the State Board of |
| 16 | | Education under Section 2-3.190. |
| 17 | | In consultation with statewide professional organizations |
| 18 | | representing physicians licensed to practice medicine in all |
| 19 | | of its branches, registered nurses, and school nurses, the |
| 20 | | State Board of Education shall make available resource |
| 21 | | materials consistent with criteria in this subsection (h) for |
| 22 | | educating trained personnel to recognize and respond to |
| 23 | | anaphylaxis. The State Board may take into consideration the |
| 24 | | curriculum on this subject developed by other states, as well |
| 25 | | as any other curricular materials suggested by medical experts |
| 26 | | and other groups that work on life-threatening allergy issues. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 206 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The State Board is not required to create new resource |
| 2 | | materials. The State Board shall make these resource materials |
| 3 | | available on its Internet website. |
| 4 | | (h-5) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to an |
| 5 | | opioid overdose, including the administration of an opioid |
| 6 | | antagonist, may be conducted online or in person. The training |
| 7 | | must comply with any training requirements under Section 5-23 |
| 8 | | of the Substance Use Disorder Act and the corresponding rules. |
| 9 | | It must include, but is not limited to: |
| 10 | | (1) how to recognize symptoms of an opioid overdose; |
| 11 | | (2) information on drug overdose prevention and |
| 12 | | recognition; |
| 13 | | (3) how to perform rescue breathing and resuscitation; |
| 14 | | (4) how to respond to an emergency involving an opioid |
| 15 | | overdose; |
| 16 | | (5) opioid antagonist dosage and administration; |
| 17 | | (6) the importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is |
| 18 | | not available, other local emergency medical services; |
| 19 | | (7) care for the overdose victim after administration |
| 20 | | of the overdose antagonist; |
| 21 | | (8) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge |
| 22 | | required to recognize an opioid overdose and administer a |
| 23 | | dose of an opioid antagonist; and |
| 24 | | (9) other criteria as determined in rules adopted |
| 25 | | pursuant to this Section. |
| 26 | | (h-10) A training curriculum to recognize and respond to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 207 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | respiratory distress, including the administration of |
| 2 | | undesignated asthma medication, may be conducted online or in |
| 3 | | person. The training must include, but is not limited to: |
| 4 | | (1) how to recognize symptoms of respiratory distress |
| 5 | | and how to distinguish respiratory distress from |
| 6 | | anaphylaxis; |
| 7 | | (2) how to respond to an emergency involving |
| 8 | | respiratory distress; |
| 9 | | (3) asthma medication dosage and administration; |
| 10 | | (4) the importance of calling 9-1-1 or, if 9-1-1 is |
| 11 | | not available, other local emergency medical services; |
| 12 | | (5) a test demonstrating competency of the knowledge |
| 13 | | required to recognize respiratory distress and administer |
| 14 | | asthma medication; and |
| 15 | | (6) other criteria as determined in rules adopted |
| 16 | | under this Section. |
| 17 | | (i) Within 3 days after the administration of an |
| 18 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery system injector by a school |
| 19 | | nurse, trained personnel, or a student at a school or |
| 20 | | school-sponsored activity, the school must report to the State |
| 21 | | Board of Education in a form and manner prescribed by the State |
| 22 | | Board the following information: |
| 23 | | (1) age and type of person receiving epinephrine |
| 24 | | (student, staff, visitor); |
| 25 | | (2) any previously known diagnosis of a severe |
| 26 | | allergy; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 208 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (3) trigger that precipitated allergic episode; |
| 2 | | (4) location where symptoms developed; |
| 3 | | (5) number of doses administered; |
| 4 | | (6) type of person administering epinephrine (school |
| 5 | | nurse, trained personnel, student); and |
| 6 | | (7) any other information required by the State Board. |
| 7 | | If a school district, public school, charter school, or |
| 8 | | nonpublic school maintains or has an independent contractor |
| 9 | | providing transportation to students who maintains a supply of |
| 10 | | undesignated epinephrine delivery systems injectors, then the |
| 11 | | school district, public school, charter school, or nonpublic |
| 12 | | school must report that information to the State Board of |
| 13 | | Education upon adoption or change of the policy of the school |
| 14 | | district, public school, charter school, nonpublic school, or |
| 15 | | independent contractor, in a manner as prescribed by the State |
| 16 | | Board. The report must include the number of undesignated |
| 17 | | epinephrine delivery systems injectors in supply. |
| 18 | | (i-5) Within 3 days after the administration of an opioid |
| 19 | | antagonist by a school nurse or trained personnel, the school |
| 20 | | must report to the State Board of Education, in a form and |
| 21 | | manner prescribed by the State Board, the following |
| 22 | | information: |
| 23 | | (1) the age and type of person receiving the opioid |
| 24 | | antagonist (student, staff, or visitor); |
| 25 | | (2) the location where symptoms developed; |
| 26 | | (3) the type of person administering the opioid |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 209 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | antagonist (school nurse or trained personnel); and |
| 2 | | (4) any other information required by the State Board. |
| 3 | | (i-10) Within 3 days after the administration of |
| 4 | | undesignated asthma medication by a school nurse, trained |
| 5 | | personnel, or a student at a school or school-sponsored |
| 6 | | activity, the school must report to the State Board of |
| 7 | | Education, on a form and in a manner prescribed by the State |
| 8 | | Board of Education, the following information: |
| 9 | | (1) the age and type of person receiving the asthma |
| 10 | | medication (student, staff, or visitor); |
| 11 | | (2) any previously known diagnosis of asthma for the |
| 12 | | person; |
| 13 | | (3) the trigger that precipitated respiratory |
| 14 | | distress, if identifiable; |
| 15 | | (4) the location of where the symptoms developed; |
| 16 | | (5) the number of doses administered; |
| 17 | | (6) the type of person administering the asthma |
| 18 | | medication (school nurse, trained personnel, or student); |
| 19 | | (7) the outcome of the asthma medication |
| 20 | | administration; and |
| 21 | | (8) any other information required by the State Board. |
| 22 | | (j) By October 1, 2015 and every year thereafter, the |
| 23 | | State Board of Education shall submit a report to the General |
| 24 | | Assembly identifying the frequency and circumstances of |
| 25 | | undesignated epinephrine and undesignated asthma medication |
| 26 | | administration during the preceding academic year. Beginning |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 210 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | with the 2017 report, the report shall also contain |
| 2 | | information on which school districts, public schools, charter |
| 3 | | schools, and nonpublic schools maintain or have independent |
| 4 | | contractors providing transportation to students who maintain |
| 5 | | a supply of undesignated epinephrine delivery systems |
| 6 | | injectors. This report shall be published on the State Board's |
| 7 | | Internet website on the date the report is delivered to the |
| 8 | | General Assembly. |
| 9 | | (j-5) Annually, each school district, public school, |
| 10 | | charter school, or nonpublic school shall request an asthma |
| 11 | | action plan from the parents or guardians of a pupil with |
| 12 | | asthma. If provided, the asthma action plan must be kept on |
| 13 | | file in the office of the school nurse or, in the absence of a |
| 14 | | school nurse, the school administrator. Copies of the asthma |
| 15 | | action plan may be distributed to appropriate school staff who |
| 16 | | interact with the pupil on a regular basis, and, if |
| 17 | | applicable, may be attached to the pupil's federal Section 504 |
| 18 | | plan or individualized education program plan. |
| 19 | | (j-10) To assist schools with emergency response |
| 20 | | procedures for asthma, the State Board of Education, in |
| 21 | | consultation with statewide professional organizations with |
| 22 | | expertise in asthma management and a statewide organization |
| 23 | | representing school administrators, shall develop a model |
| 24 | | asthma episode emergency response protocol before September 1, |
| 25 | | 2016. Each school district, charter school, and nonpublic |
| 26 | | school shall adopt an asthma episode emergency response |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 211 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | protocol before January 1, 2017 that includes all of the |
| 2 | | components of the State Board's model protocol. |
| 3 | | (j-15) (Blank). |
| 4 | | (j-20) On or before October 1, 2016 and every year |
| 5 | | thereafter, the State Board of Education shall submit a report |
| 6 | | to the General Assembly and the Department of Public Health |
| 7 | | identifying the frequency and circumstances of opioid |
| 8 | | antagonist administration during the preceding academic year. |
| 9 | | This report shall be published on the State Board's Internet |
| 10 | | website on the date the report is delivered to the General |
| 11 | | Assembly. |
| 12 | | (k) The State Board of Education may adopt rules necessary |
| 13 | | to implement this Section. |
| 14 | | (l) Nothing in this Section shall limit the amount of |
| 15 | | epinephrine delivery systems injectors that any type of school |
| 16 | | or student may carry or maintain a supply of. |
| 17 | | (Source: P.A. 102-413, eff. 8-20-21; 102-813, eff. 5-13-22; |
| 18 | | 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-196, eff. 1-1-24; 103-348, eff. |
| 19 | | 1-1-24; 103-542, eff. 7-1-24 (see Section 905 of P.A. 103-563 |
| 20 | | for effective date of P.A. 103-542); 103-605, eff. 7-1-24.) |
| 21 | | (105 ILCS 5/24A-20) |
| 22 | | Sec. 24A-20. State Board of Education data collection and |
| 23 | | evaluation assessment and support systems. |
| 24 | | (a) The State Board of Education shall, through a process |
| 25 | | involving collaboration with the Performance Evaluation |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 212 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Advisory Committee, develop or contract for the development of |
| 2 | | and implement all of the following data collection and |
| 3 | | evaluation assessment and support systems: |
| 4 | | (1) A system to annually collect and publish data by |
| 5 | | district and school on teacher and administrator |
| 6 | | performance evaluation outcomes. The system must ensure |
| 7 | | that no teacher or administrator can be personally |
| 8 | | identified by publicly reported data. |
| 9 | | (2) (Blank). Both a teacher and principal model |
| 10 | | evaluation template. The model templates must incorporate |
| 11 | | the requirements of this Article and any other |
| 12 | | requirements established by the State Board by |
| 13 | | administrative rule, but allow customization by districts |
| 14 | | in a manner that does not conflict with such requirements. |
| 15 | | (3) An evaluator pre-qualification program based on |
| 16 | | the model teacher evaluation template. |
| 17 | | (4) An evaluator training program based on the model |
| 18 | | teacher evaluation template. The training program shall |
| 19 | | provide multiple training options that account for the |
| 20 | | prior training and experience of the evaluator. |
| 21 | | (5) A superintendent training program based on the |
| 22 | | model principal evaluation template. |
| 23 | | (6) One or more instruments to provide feedback to |
| 24 | | principals on the instructional environment within a |
| 25 | | school. |
| 26 | | (7) A State Board-provided or approved technical |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 213 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | assistance system that supports districts with the |
| 2 | | development and implementation of teacher and principal |
| 3 | | evaluation systems. |
| 4 | | (8) Web-based systems and tools supporting |
| 5 | | implementation of the model templates and the evaluator |
| 6 | | pre-qualification and training programs. |
| 7 | | (9) A process for measuring and reporting correlations |
| 8 | | between local principal and teacher evaluations and the |
| 9 | | retention rates of teachers. |
| 10 | | (10) (Blank). |
| 11 | | (b) (Blank). |
| 12 | | (c) Districts shall submit data and information to the |
| 13 | | State Board on teacher and principal performance evaluations |
| 14 | | and evaluation plans in accordance with procedures and |
| 15 | | requirements for submissions established by the State Board. |
| 16 | | Such data shall include, without limitation, (i) data on the |
| 17 | | performance rating given to all teachers in contractual |
| 18 | | continued service, (ii) data on district recommendations to |
| 19 | | renew or not renew teachers not in contractual continued |
| 20 | | service, and (iii) data on the performance rating given to all |
| 21 | | principals. |
| 22 | | (d) If the State Board of Education does not timely |
| 23 | | fulfill any of the requirements set forth in Sections 24A-7 |
| 24 | | and 24A-20, and adequate and sustainable federal, State, or |
| 25 | | other funds are not provided to the State Board of Education |
| 26 | | and school districts to meet their responsibilities under this |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 214 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Article, the applicable implementation date shall be postponed |
| 2 | | by the number of calendar days equal to those needed by the |
| 3 | | State Board of Education to fulfill such requirements and for |
| 4 | | the adequate and sustainable funds to be provided to the State |
| 5 | | Board of Education and school districts. The determination as |
| 6 | | to whether the State Board of Education has fulfilled any or |
| 7 | | all requirements set forth in Sections 24A-7 and 24A-20 and |
| 8 | | whether adequate and sustainable funds have been provided to |
| 9 | | the State Board of Education and school districts shall be |
| 10 | | made by the State Board of Education in consultation with the |
| 11 | | P-20 Council. |
| 12 | | (e) The State Board of Education shall annually report |
| 13 | | teacher evaluation data from each school in the State. The |
| 14 | | State Board's report shall include: |
| 15 | | (1) data from the most recent performance evaluation |
| 16 | | ratings issued for all nontenured teachers and teachers in |
| 17 | | contractual continued service disaggregated by the race |
| 18 | | and ethnicity of teachers; and |
| 19 | | (2) data from the most recent performance evaluation |
| 20 | | ratings for all nontenured teachers and teachers in |
| 21 | | contractual continued service disaggregated by the race, |
| 22 | | ethnicity, and eligibility status for free or |
| 23 | | reduced-price lunch of students in the school where the |
| 24 | | teachers work. |
| 25 | | The report shall contain data in an aggregate format. The |
| 26 | | report with the aggregate data is not confidential pursuant to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 215 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Section 24A-7.1 of this Code unless an individual teacher is |
| 2 | | personally identifiable in the report. With respect to the |
| 3 | | report, the underlying data and any personally identifying |
| 4 | | information of a teacher shall be confidential. The State |
| 5 | | Board shall provide the data in the report in a format that |
| 6 | | prevents identification of individual teachers. |
| 7 | | (Source: P.A. 103-452, eff. 1-1-24; 104-20, eff. 7-1-25.) |
| 8 | | (105 ILCS 5/26A-20) |
| 9 | | Sec. 26A-20. Review and revision of policies and |
| 10 | | procedures. |
| 11 | | (a) No later than July 1, 2026 2024 and every 2 years |
| 12 | | thereafter, each school district must review all existing |
| 13 | | policies and procedures and must revise any existing policies |
| 14 | | and procedures that may act as a barrier to the immediate |
| 15 | | enrollment and re-enrollment, attendance, graduation, and |
| 16 | | success in school of any student who is a student parent, |
| 17 | | expectant student parent, or victim of domestic or sexual |
| 18 | | violence or any policies or procedures that may compromise a |
| 19 | | criminal investigation relating to domestic or sexual violence |
| 20 | | or may re-victimize students. A school district must adopt new |
| 21 | | policies and procedures, as needed, to implement this Section |
| 22 | | and to ensure that immediate and effective steps are taken to |
| 23 | | respond to students who are student parents, expectant |
| 24 | | parents, or victims of domestic or sexual violence. |
| 25 | | (b) A school district's policy must be consistent with the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 216 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | model policy and procedures adopted by the State Board of |
| 2 | | Education and under Public Act 101-531. |
| 3 | | (c) A school district's policy on the procedures that a |
| 4 | | student or his or her parent or guardian may follow if he or |
| 5 | | she chooses to report an incident of alleged domestic or |
| 6 | | sexual violence must, at a minimum, include all of the |
| 7 | | following: |
| 8 | | (1) The name and contact information for domestic or |
| 9 | | sexual violence and parenting resource personnel, the |
| 10 | | Title IX coordinator, school and school district resource |
| 11 | | officers or security, and a community-based domestic or |
| 12 | | sexual violence organization. |
| 13 | | (2) The name, title, and contact information for |
| 14 | | confidential resources and a description of what |
| 15 | | confidential reporting means. |
| 16 | | (3) An option for the student or the student's parent |
| 17 | | or guardian to electronically, anonymously, and |
| 18 | | confidentially report the incident. |
| 19 | | (4) An option for reports by third parties and |
| 20 | | bystanders. |
| 21 | | (5) Information regarding the various individuals, |
| 22 | | departments, or organizations to whom a student may report |
| 23 | | an incident of domestic or sexual violence, specifying for |
| 24 | | each individual or entity (i) the extent of the |
| 25 | | individual's or entity's reporting obligation to the |
| 26 | | school's or school district's administration, Title IX |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 217 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | coordinator, or other personnel or entity, (ii) the |
| 2 | | individual's or entity's ability to protect the student's |
| 3 | | privacy, and (iii) the extent of the individual's or |
| 4 | | entity's ability to have confidential communications with |
| 5 | | the student or his or her parent or guardian. |
| 6 | | (6) The adoption of a complaint resolution procedure |
| 7 | | as provided in Section 26A-25. |
| 8 | | (d) A school district must post its revised policies and |
| 9 | | procedures on its website, distribute them at the beginning of |
| 10 | | each school year to each student, and make copies available to |
| 11 | | each student and his or her parent or guardian for inspection |
| 12 | | and copying at no cost to the student or parent or guardian at |
| 13 | | each school within a school district. |
| 14 | | (Source: P.A. 102-466, eff. 7-1-25.) |
| 15 | | (105 ILCS 5/26A-25) |
| 16 | | Sec. 26A-25. Complaint resolution procedure. |
| 17 | | (a) On or before July 1, 2026 2024, each school district |
| 18 | | must adopt one procedure to resolve complaints of violations |
| 19 | | of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly. The |
| 20 | | respondent must be one or more of the following: the school, |
| 21 | | school district, or school personnel. These procedures shall |
| 22 | | comply with the confidentiality provisions of Sections 26A-20 |
| 23 | | and 26A-30. The procedures must include, at minimum, all of |
| 24 | | the following: |
| 25 | | (1) The opportunity to consider the most appropriate |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 218 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | means to execute the procedure considering school safety, |
| 2 | | the developmental level of students, methods to reduce |
| 3 | | trauma during the procedure, and how to avoid multiple |
| 4 | | communications with students involved with an alleged |
| 5 | | incident of domestic or sexual violence. |
| 6 | | (2) Any proceeding, meeting, or hearing held to |
| 7 | | resolve complaints of any violation of this amendatory Act |
| 8 | | of the 102nd General Assembly must protect the privacy of |
| 9 | | the participating parties and witnesses. A school, school |
| 10 | | district, or school personnel may not disclose the |
| 11 | | identity of parties or witnesses, except as necessary to |
| 12 | | resolve the complaint or to implement interim protective |
| 13 | | measures and reasonable support services or when required |
| 14 | | by State or federal law. |
| 15 | | (3) Complainants alleging violations of this |
| 16 | | amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly must have the |
| 17 | | opportunity to request that the complaint resolution |
| 18 | | procedure begin promptly and proceed in a timely manner. |
| 19 | | (b) A school district must determine the individuals who |
| 20 | | will resolve complaints of violations of this amendatory Act |
| 21 | | of the 102nd General Assembly. |
| 22 | | (1) All individuals whose duties include resolution of |
| 23 | | complaints of violations of this amendatory Act of the |
| 24 | | 102nd General Assembly must complete training on issues |
| 25 | | related to domestic and sexual violence and how to conduct |
| 26 | | the school's complaint resolution procedure, which may |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 219 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | include the in-service training required under subsection |
| 2 | | (d) of Section 10-22.39, before commencement of those |
| 3 | | duties, and must receive such training annually |
| 4 | | thereafter. This training must be conducted by an |
| 5 | | individual or individuals with expertise in domestic or |
| 6 | | sexual violence in youth and expertise in developmentally |
| 7 | | appropriate communications with elementary and secondary |
| 8 | | school students regarding topics of a sexual, violent, or |
| 9 | | sensitive nature and may include an individual who is a |
| 10 | | certified, domestic-violence advocate or a school-based, |
| 11 | | mental-health professional. |
| 12 | | (2) Each school must have a sufficient number of |
| 13 | | individuals trained to resolve complaints so that (i) a |
| 14 | | substitution can occur in the case of a conflict of |
| 15 | | interest or recusal, (ii) an individual with no prior |
| 16 | | involvement in the initial determination or finding may |
| 17 | | hear any appeal brought by a party, and (iii) the |
| 18 | | complaint resolution procedure proceeds in a timely |
| 19 | | manner. |
| 20 | | (3) The complainant and any witnesses shall (i) |
| 21 | | receive notice of the name of the individual with |
| 22 | | authority to make a finding or approve an accommodation in |
| 23 | | the proceeding before the individual may initiate contact |
| 24 | | with the complainant and any witnesses and (ii) have the |
| 25 | | opportunity to request a substitution if the participation |
| 26 | | of an individual with authority to make a finding or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 220 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | approve an accommodation poses a conflict of interest. |
| 2 | | (c) When the alleged violation of this amendatory Act of |
| 3 | | the 102nd General Assembly involves making a determination or |
| 4 | | finding of responsibility of causing harm: |
| 5 | | (1) The individual making the finding must use a |
| 6 | | preponderance of evidence standard to determine whether |
| 7 | | the incident occurred. |
| 8 | | (2) The complainant and respondent and any witnesses |
| 9 | | may not directly or through a representative question one |
| 10 | | another. At the discretion of the individual resolving the |
| 11 | | complaint, the complainant and the respondent may suggest |
| 12 | | questions to be posed by the individual resolving the |
| 13 | | complaint and if the individual resolving the complaint |
| 14 | | decides to pose such questions. |
| 15 | | (3) A live hearing is not required. If the complaint |
| 16 | | resolution procedure includes a hearing, no student who is |
| 17 | | a witness, including the complainant, may be compelled to |
| 18 | | testify in the presence of a party or other witness. If a |
| 19 | | witness invokes this right to testify outside the presence |
| 20 | | of the other party or other witnesses, then the school |
| 21 | | district must provide an option by which each party may, |
| 22 | | at a minimum, hear such witnesses' testimony. |
| 23 | | (d) Each party and witness may request and must be allowed |
| 24 | | to have a representative or support persons of their choice |
| 25 | | accompany them to any meeting or proceeding related to the |
| 26 | | alleged violence or violation of this amendatory Act of the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 221 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 102nd General Assembly if the involvement of the |
| 2 | | representative or support persons does not result in undue |
| 3 | | delay of the meeting or proceeding. This representative or |
| 4 | | support persons must comply with any rules of the school |
| 5 | | district's complaint resolution procedure. If the |
| 6 | | representative or support persons violate the rules or engage |
| 7 | | in behavior or advocacy that harasses, abuses, or intimidates |
| 8 | | either party, a witness, or an individual resolving the |
| 9 | | complaint, the representative or support person may be |
| 10 | | prohibited from further participation in the meeting or |
| 11 | | proceeding. |
| 12 | | (e) The complainant, regardless of the level of |
| 13 | | involvement in the complaint resolution procedure, and the |
| 14 | | respondent must have the opportunity to provide or present |
| 15 | | evidence and witnesses on their behalf during the complaint |
| 16 | | resolution procedure. |
| 17 | | (f) The complainant and respondent and any named |
| 18 | | perpetrator directly impacted by the results of the complaint |
| 19 | | resolution procedure, are entitled to simultaneous written |
| 20 | | notification of the results of the complaint resolution |
| 21 | | procedure, including information regarding appeals rights and |
| 22 | | procedures, within 10 business days after a decision or sooner |
| 23 | | if required by State or federal law or district policy. |
| 24 | | (1) The complainant, respondents, and named |
| 25 | | perpetrator if directly impacted by the results of the |
| 26 | | complaint resolution procedure must, at a minimum, have |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 222 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the right to timely appeal the complaint resolution |
| 2 | | procedure's findings or remedies if a party alleges (i) a |
| 3 | | procedural error occurred, (ii) new information exists |
| 4 | | that would substantially change the outcome of the |
| 5 | | proceeding, (iii) the remedy is not sufficiently related |
| 6 | | to the finding, or (iv) the decision is against the weight |
| 7 | | of the evidence. |
| 8 | | (2) An individual reviewing the findings or remedies |
| 9 | | may not have previously participated in the complaint |
| 10 | | resolution procedure and may not have a conflict of |
| 11 | | interest with either party. |
| 12 | | (3) The complainant and respondent and any |
| 13 | | perpetrators directly impacted by the results of the |
| 14 | | complaint resolution procedure must receive the appeal |
| 15 | | decision, in writing, within 15 10 business days, but |
| 16 | | never more than 15 business days, after the conclusion of |
| 17 | | the review of findings or remedies or sooner if required |
| 18 | | by State or federal law. |
| 19 | | (g) Each school district must have a procedure to |
| 20 | | determine interim protective measures and support services |
| 21 | | available pending the resolution of the complaint including |
| 22 | | the implementation of court orders. |
| 23 | | (Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 24 | | (105 ILCS 5/26A-35) |
| 25 | | Sec. 26A-35. Domestic or sexual violence and parenting |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 223 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | resource personnel. |
| 2 | | (a) Each school district shall designate or appoint at |
| 3 | | least one staff person at each school in the district who is |
| 4 | | employed at least part time at the school and who is a school |
| 5 | | social worker, school psychologist, school counselor, school |
| 6 | | nurse, or school administrator trained to address, in a |
| 7 | | survivor-centered, trauma responsive, culturally responsive, |
| 8 | | confidential, and sensitive manner, the needs of students who |
| 9 | | are parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or |
| 10 | | sexual violence. The designated or appointed staff person must |
| 11 | | have all of the following duties: |
| 12 | | (1) To connect students who are parents, expectant |
| 13 | | parents, or victims of domestic or sexual violence to |
| 14 | | appropriate in-school services or other agencies, |
| 15 | | programs, or services as needed. |
| 16 | | (2) To coordinate the implementation of the school's |
| 17 | | and school district's policies, procedures, and protocols |
| 18 | | in cases involving student allegations of domestic or |
| 19 | | sexual violence. |
| 20 | | (3) To coordinate the implementation of the school's |
| 21 | | and school district's policies and procedures as set forth |
| 22 | | in provisions of this Code concerning students who are |
| 23 | | parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or |
| 24 | | sexual violence. |
| 25 | | (4) To assist students described in paragraph (1) in |
| 26 | | their efforts to exercise and preserve their rights as set |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 224 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | forth in provisions of this Code concerning students who |
| 2 | | are parents, expectant parents, or victims of domestic or |
| 3 | | sexual violence. |
| 4 | | (5) To assist in providing staff development to |
| 5 | | establish a positive and sensitive learning environment |
| 6 | | for students described in paragraph (1). |
| 7 | | (b) A member of staff who is designated or appointed under |
| 8 | | subsection (a) must (i) be trained to understand, provide |
| 9 | | information and referrals, and address issues pertaining to |
| 10 | | youth who are parents, expectant parents, or victims of |
| 11 | | domestic or sexual violence, including the theories and |
| 12 | | dynamics of domestic and sexual violence, the necessity for |
| 13 | | confidentiality and the law, policy, procedures, and protocols |
| 14 | | implementing confidentiality, and the notification of the |
| 15 | | student's parent or guardian regarding the student's status as |
| 16 | | a parent, expectant parent, or victim of domestic or sexual |
| 17 | | violence or the enforcement of the student's rights under this |
| 18 | | Code if the notice of the student's status or the involvement |
| 19 | | of the student's parent or guardian may put the health or |
| 20 | | safety of the student at risk, including the rights of minors |
| 21 | | to consent to counseling services and psychotherapy under the |
| 22 | | Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Code, or (ii) at |
| 23 | | a minimum, have participated in an in-service training program |
| 24 | | under subsection (d) of Section 10-22.39 that includes |
| 25 | | training on the rights of minors to consent to counseling |
| 26 | | services and psychotherapy under the Mental Health and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 225 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Developmental Disabilities Code within 12 months prior to his |
| 2 | | or her designation or appointment. |
| 3 | | (c) A school district must designate or appoint and train |
| 4 | | all domestic or sexual violence and parenting resource |
| 5 | | personnel, and the personnel must assist in implementing the |
| 6 | | duties as described in this Section no later than July 1, 2026 |
| 7 | | June 30, 2024, except in those school districts in which there |
| 8 | | exists a collective bargaining agreement on the effective date |
| 9 | | of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General Assembly and the |
| 10 | | implementation of this Section would be a violation of that |
| 11 | | collective bargaining agreement. If implementation of some |
| 12 | | activities required under this Section is prevented by an |
| 13 | | existing collective bargaining agreement, a school district |
| 14 | | must comply with this Section to the fullest extent allowed by |
| 15 | | the existing collective bargaining agreement no later than |
| 16 | | July 1, 2026 June 30, 2024. In those instances in which a |
| 17 | | collective bargaining agreement that either fully or partially |
| 18 | | prevents full implementation of this Section expires after |
| 19 | | June 30, 2026 2024, a school district must designate or |
| 20 | | appoint and train all domestic and sexual violence and |
| 21 | | parenting resource personnel, who shall implement the duties |
| 22 | | described in this Section no later than the effective date of |
| 23 | | the new collective bargaining agreement that immediately |
| 24 | | succeeds the collective bargaining agreement in effect on the |
| 25 | | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 102nd General |
| 26 | | Assembly. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 226 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (Source: P.A. 102-466, eff. 7-1-25.) |
| 2 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-225) (was 105 ILCS 110/5) |
| 3 | | Sec. 27-225. Advisory committee. An advisory committee |
| 4 | | consisting of 11 members is hereby established as follows: the |
| 5 | | Director of Public Health or his or her designee, the |
| 6 | | Secretary of Human Services or his or her designee and an |
| 7 | | additional person representing the Department of Human |
| 8 | | Services designated by the Secretary, the Director of Children |
| 9 | | and Family Services or his or her designee, and 7 members to be |
| 10 | | appointed by the State Superintendent Board of Education and |
| 11 | | to be chosen, insofar as is possible, from the following |
| 12 | | groups: colleges and universities, voluntary health agencies, |
| 13 | | medicine, dentistry, professional health associations, |
| 14 | | teachers, administrators, members of local boards of |
| 15 | | education, and lay citizens. |
| 16 | | Public The original public members shall, upon their |
| 17 | | appointment, serve until July 1, 1973, and, thereafter, new |
| 18 | | appointments of public members shall be made in like manner |
| 19 | | and such members shall serve for 4-year terms commencing on |
| 20 | | July 1, 1973 and until their successors are appointed and |
| 21 | | qualified. Public members may be reappointed to serve |
| 22 | | additional 4-year terms. Vacancies in the terms of public |
| 23 | | members shall be filled in a like manner as original |
| 24 | | appointments for the balance of the unexpired terms. The |
| 25 | | members of the advisory committee shall receive no |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 227 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | compensation but shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary |
| 2 | | expenses incurred in the performance of their duties. Such |
| 3 | | committee shall select a chairperson and establish rules and |
| 4 | | procedures for its proceedings not inconsistent with the |
| 5 | | provisions of this Act. |
| 6 | | Such committee shall advise the State Board of Education |
| 7 | | on all matters relating to the implementation of the |
| 8 | | provisions of this Act. The committee shall assist in |
| 9 | | presenting advice and interpretation concerning a |
| 10 | | comprehensive health education program to the Illinois public, |
| 11 | | especially as related to critical health problems. The |
| 12 | | committee shall also assist in establishing a sound |
| 13 | | understanding and sympathetic relationship between such |
| 14 | | comprehensive health education program and the public health, |
| 15 | | welfare, and educational programs of other agencies in the |
| 16 | | community. |
| 17 | | (Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 18 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-605) (was 105 ILCS 5/27-22) |
| 19 | | Sec. 27-605. Required high school courses. |
| 20 | | (a) (Blank). |
| 21 | | (b) (Blank). |
| 22 | | (c) (Blank). |
| 23 | | (d) (Blank). |
| 24 | | (e) Through the 2023-2024 school year, as a prerequisite |
| 25 | | to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil entering the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 228 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 9th grade must, in addition to other course requirements, |
| 2 | | successfully complete all of the following courses: |
| 3 | | (1) Four years of language arts. |
| 4 | | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of |
| 5 | | which must be English and the other of which may be English |
| 6 | | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive |
| 7 | | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other |
| 8 | | graduation requirements. |
| 9 | | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be |
| 10 | | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and |
| 11 | | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science |
| 12 | | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry |
| 13 | | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, |
| 14 | | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education |
| 15 | | course that prepares a student for a career readiness |
| 16 | | path. |
| 17 | | (3.5) For pupils entering the 9th grade in the |
| 18 | | 2022-2023 school year and 2023-2024 school year, one year |
| 19 | | of a course that includes intensive instruction in |
| 20 | | computer literacy, which may be English, social studies, |
| 21 | | or any other subject and which may be counted toward the |
| 22 | | fulfillment of other graduation requirements. |
| 23 | | (4) Two years of science. |
| 24 | | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one |
| 25 | | year must be history of the United States or a combination |
| 26 | | of history of the United States and American government |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 229 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the |
| 2 | | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at |
| 3 | | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young |
| 4 | | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and |
| 5 | | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and |
| 6 | | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course |
| 7 | | content shall focus on government institutions, the |
| 8 | | discussion of current and controversial issues, service |
| 9 | | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. |
| 10 | | School districts may utilize private funding available for |
| 11 | | the purposes of offering civics education. Beginning with |
| 12 | | pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2021-2022 school |
| 13 | | year, one semester, or part of one semester, may include a |
| 14 | | financial literacy course. |
| 15 | | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) world |
| 16 | | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include |
| 17 | | American Sign Language, (D) vocational education, or (E) |
| 18 | | forensic speech (speech and debate). A forensic speech |
| 19 | | course used to satisfy the course requirement under |
| 20 | | subdivision (1) may not be used to satisfy the course |
| 21 | | requirement under this subdivision (6). |
| 22 | | (e-5) Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, as a |
| 23 | | prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil |
| 24 | | entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course |
| 25 | | requirements, successfully complete all of the following |
| 26 | | courses: |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 230 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (1) Four years of language arts. |
| 2 | | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of |
| 3 | | which must be English and the other of which may be English |
| 4 | | or any other subject. If applicable, writing-intensive |
| 5 | | courses may be counted toward the fulfillment of other |
| 6 | | graduation requirements. |
| 7 | | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be |
| 8 | | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and |
| 9 | | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science |
| 10 | | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry |
| 11 | | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, |
| 12 | | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education |
| 13 | | course that prepares a student for a career readiness |
| 14 | | path. |
| 15 | | (3.5) One year of a course that includes intensive |
| 16 | | instruction in computer literacy, which may be English, |
| 17 | | social studies, or any other subject and which may be |
| 18 | | counted toward the fulfillment of other graduation |
| 19 | | requirements. |
| 20 | | (4) Two years of laboratory science. |
| 21 | | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one |
| 22 | | year must be history of the United States or a combination |
| 23 | | of history of the United States and American government |
| 24 | | and at least one semester must be civics, which shall help |
| 25 | | young people acquire and learn to use the skills, |
| 26 | | knowledge, and attitudes that will prepare them to be |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 231 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | competent and responsible citizens throughout their lives. |
| 2 | | Civics course content shall focus on government |
| 3 | | institutions, the discussion of current and controversial |
| 4 | | issues, service learning, and simulations of the |
| 5 | | democratic process. School districts may utilize private |
| 6 | | funding available for the purposes of offering civics |
| 7 | | education. One semester, or part of one semester, may |
| 8 | | include a financial literacy course. |
| 9 | | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) world |
| 10 | | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include |
| 11 | | American Sign Language, (D) career and technical |
| 12 | | education, or (E) forensic speech (speech and debate). A |
| 13 | | forensic speech course used to satisfy the course |
| 14 | | requirement under subdivision (1) may not be used to |
| 15 | | satisfy the course requirement under this subdivision (6). |
| 16 | | (e-10) Beginning with the 2028-2029 school year, as a |
| 17 | | prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, each pupil |
| 18 | | entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other course |
| 19 | | requirements, successfully complete 2 years of world foreign |
| 20 | | language courses, which may include American Sign Language. A |
| 21 | | pupil may choose a third year of world foreign language to |
| 22 | | satisfy the requirement under subdivision (6) of subsection |
| 23 | | (e-5). |
| 24 | | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform |
| 25 | | school districts of standards for writing-intensive |
| 26 | | coursework. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 232 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement |
| 2 | | computer science course to high school students, then the |
| 3 | | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a |
| 4 | | high school mathematics course and must denote on the |
| 5 | | student's transcript that the Advanced Placement computer |
| 6 | | science course qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative |
| 7 | | course for students in accordance with subdivision (3) of |
| 8 | | subsection (e) of this Section. |
| 9 | | (g) Public Act 83-1082 does not apply to pupils entering |
| 10 | | the 9th grade in 1983-1984 school year and prior school years |
| 11 | | or to students with disabilities whose course of study is |
| 12 | | determined by an individualized education program. |
| 13 | | Public Act 94-676 does not apply to pupils entering the |
| 14 | | 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school year or a prior school year |
| 15 | | or to students with disabilities whose course of study is |
| 16 | | determined by an individualized education program. |
| 17 | | Subdivision (3.5) of subsection (e) does not apply to |
| 18 | | pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2021-2022 school year or a |
| 19 | | prior school year or to students with disabilities whose |
| 20 | | course of study is determined by an individualized education |
| 21 | | program. |
| 22 | | Subsection (e-5) does not apply to pupils entering the 9th |
| 23 | | grade in the 2023-2024 school year or a prior school year or to |
| 24 | | students with disabilities whose course of study is determined |
| 25 | | by an individualized education program. Subsection (e-10) does |
| 26 | | not apply to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2027-2028 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 233 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | school year or a prior school year or to students with |
| 2 | | disabilities whose course of study is determined by an |
| 3 | | individualized education program. |
| 4 | | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the |
| 5 | | provisions of Sections 14A-32 and 27-610 of this Code and the |
| 6 | | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act. |
| 7 | | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify |
| 8 | | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in |
| 9 | | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due |
| 10 | | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
| 11 | | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. |
| 12 | | (Source: P.A. 103-154, eff. 6-30-23; 103-743, eff. 8-2-24; |
| 13 | | 104-387, eff. 8-15-25; 104-391, eff. 8-15-25; revised |
| 14 | | 9-24-25.) |
| 15 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-1070) (was 105 ILCS 5/27-23.16) |
| 16 | | Sec. 27-1070. Study of the process of naturalization. |
| 17 | | Every public high school may include in its curriculum a unit |
| 18 | | of instruction about the process of naturalization by which a |
| 19 | | foreign citizen of a country other than the United States or |
| 20 | | foreign national becomes a U.S. citizen. The course of |
| 21 | | instruction shall include content from the components of the |
| 22 | | naturalization test administered by the U.S. Citizenship and |
| 23 | | Immigration Services. Each school board shall determine the |
| 24 | | minimum amount of instructional time under this Section. |
| 25 | | (Source: P.A. 104-391, eff. 8-15-25.) |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 234 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (105 ILCS 5/27A-6) |
| 2 | | Sec. 27A-6. Contract contents; applicability of laws and |
| 3 | | regulations. |
| 4 | | (a) A certified charter shall constitute a binding |
| 5 | | contract and agreement between the charter school and a local |
| 6 | | school board under the terms of which the local school board |
| 7 | | authorizes the governing body of the charter school to operate |
| 8 | | the charter school on the terms specified in the contract. |
| 9 | | (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, |
| 10 | | the certified charter may not waive or release the charter |
| 11 | | school from the State goals, standards, and assessments |
| 12 | | established pursuant to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code. The |
| 13 | | certified charter for a charter school operating in a city |
| 14 | | having a population exceeding 500,000 shall require the |
| 15 | | charter school to administer any other nationally recognized |
| 16 | | standardized tests to its students that the chartering entity |
| 17 | | administers to other students, and the results on such tests |
| 18 | | shall be included in the chartering entity's assessment |
| 19 | | reports. |
| 20 | | (c) Subject to the provisions of subsection (e), a |
| 21 | | material revision to a previously certified contract or a |
| 22 | | renewal shall be made with the approval of both the local |
| 23 | | school board and the governing body of the charter school. |
| 24 | | (c-5) The proposed contract shall include a provision on |
| 25 | | how both parties will address minor violations of the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 235 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | contract. |
| 2 | | (c-10) After August 4, 2023 (the effective date of Public |
| 3 | | Act 103-416), any renewal of a certified charter must include |
| 4 | | a union neutrality clause. |
| 5 | | (d) The proposed contract between the governing body of a |
| 6 | | proposed charter school and the local school board as |
| 7 | | described in Section 27A-7 must be submitted to and certified |
| 8 | | by the State Board before it can take effect. If the State |
| 9 | | Board recommends that the proposed contract be modified for |
| 10 | | consistency with this Article before it can be certified, the |
| 11 | | modifications must be consented to by both the governing body |
| 12 | | of the charter school and the local school board, and |
| 13 | | resubmitted to the State Board for its certification. If the |
| 14 | | proposed contract is resubmitted in a form that is not |
| 15 | | consistent with this Article, the State Board may refuse to |
| 16 | | certify the charter. |
| 17 | | The State Board shall assign a number to each submission |
| 18 | | or resubmission in chronological order of receipt, and shall |
| 19 | | determine whether the proposed contract is consistent with the |
| 20 | | provisions of this Article. If the proposed contract complies, |
| 21 | | the State Board shall so certify. |
| 22 | | (e) No renewal of a previously certified contract is |
| 23 | | effective unless and until the State Board certifies that the |
| 24 | | renewal is consistent with the provisions of this Article. The |
| 25 | | local school board shall submit the charter renewal proposal |
| 26 | | and the proposed charter renewal contract to the State Board |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 236 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for certification no later than 30 days prior to the |
| 2 | | expiration of the current charter contract. A material |
| 3 | | revision to a previously certified contract may go into effect |
| 4 | | immediately upon approval of both the local school board and |
| 5 | | the governing body of the charter school, unless either party |
| 6 | | requests in writing that the State Board certify that the |
| 7 | | material revision is consistent with the provisions of this |
| 8 | | Article. If such a request is made, the proposed material |
| 9 | | revision is not effective unless and until the State Board so |
| 10 | | certifies. |
| 11 | | (Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23; 103-416, eff. 8-4-23; |
| 12 | | 103-605, eff. 7-1-24.) |
| 13 | | (105 ILCS 5/27A-9) |
| 14 | | Sec. 27A-9. Term of charter; renewal. |
| 15 | | (a) An initial charter shall be granted for a period of 5 |
| 16 | | school years. A charter may be renewed in incremental periods |
| 17 | | not to exceed 10 school years. Authorizers shall ensure that |
| 18 | | every charter granted on or after January 1, 2017 includes |
| 19 | | standards and goals for academic, organizational, and |
| 20 | | financial performance. A charter must meet all standards and |
| 21 | | goals for academic, organizational, and financial performance |
| 22 | | set forth by the authorizer in order to be renewed for a term |
| 23 | | in excess of 5 years but not more than 10 years. If an |
| 24 | | authorizer fails to establish standards and goals, a charter |
| 25 | | shall not be renewed for a term in excess of 5 years. Nothing |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 237 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | contained in this Section shall require an authorizer to grant |
| 2 | | a full 10-year renewal term to any particular charter school, |
| 3 | | but an authorizer may award a full 10-year renewal term to |
| 4 | | charter schools that have a demonstrated track record of |
| 5 | | improving student performance. |
| 6 | | (b) A charter school renewal proposal submitted to the |
| 7 | | local school board or the State Board, as the chartering |
| 8 | | entity, shall contain: |
| 9 | | (1) a report on the progress of the charter school in |
| 10 | | achieving the goals, objectives, pupil performance |
| 11 | | standards, content standards, and other terms of the |
| 12 | | initial approved charter proposal, which, with regard to |
| 13 | | the provision of special education and the instruction of |
| 14 | | English learners, must include, at minimum, all of the |
| 15 | | following: |
| 16 | | (A) detailed information on how the charter school |
| 17 | | identifies students who may be eligible to receive |
| 18 | | special education services at the school, how the |
| 19 | | charter school has provided special education services |
| 20 | | in alignment with the requirements of State and |
| 21 | | federal law, including the federal Individuals with |
| 22 | | Disabilities Education Act, Article 14 of this Code, |
| 23 | | and applicable State and federal rules, and the |
| 24 | | academic performance of students with disabilities |
| 25 | | enrolled in the charter school relative to their |
| 26 | | peers; and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 238 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (B) detailed information on how the charter school |
| 2 | | identifies English learners, how the charter school |
| 3 | | has provided transitional bilingual education services |
| 4 | | in alignment with State and federal law, including |
| 5 | | Article 14C of this Code, and applicable State and |
| 6 | | federal rules, and the academic performance of English |
| 7 | | learner students enrolled in the charter school |
| 8 | | relative to their peers; and |
| 9 | | (2) a financial statement that discloses the costs of |
| 10 | | administration, instruction, and other spending categories |
| 11 | | for the charter school that is understandable to the |
| 12 | | general public and that will allow comparison of those |
| 13 | | costs to other schools or other comparable organizations, |
| 14 | | in a format required by the State Board. |
| 15 | | (c) A charter may be revoked or not renewed if the local |
| 16 | | school board or the State Board, as the chartering entity, |
| 17 | | clearly demonstrates that the charter school did any of the |
| 18 | | following, or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements |
| 19 | | of this law: |
| 20 | | (1) Committed a material violation of any of the |
| 21 | | conditions, standards, or procedures set forth in the |
| 22 | | charter. |
| 23 | | (2) Failed to meet or make reasonable progress toward |
| 24 | | achievement of the content standards or pupil performance |
| 25 | | standards identified in the charter. |
| 26 | | (3) Failed to meet generally accepted standards of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 239 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | fiscal management. |
| 2 | | (4) Violated any provision of law from which the |
| 3 | | charter school was not exempted. |
| 4 | | In the case of revocation, the local school board or the |
| 5 | | State Board, as the chartering entity, shall notify the |
| 6 | | charter school in writing of the reason why the charter is |
| 7 | | subject to revocation. The charter school shall submit a |
| 8 | | written plan to the local school board or the State Board, |
| 9 | | whichever is applicable, to rectify the problem. The plan |
| 10 | | shall include a timeline for implementation, which shall not |
| 11 | | exceed 2 years or the date of the charter's expiration, |
| 12 | | whichever is earlier. If the local school board or the State |
| 13 | | Board, as the chartering entity, finds that the charter school |
| 14 | | has failed to implement the plan of remediation and adhere to |
| 15 | | the timeline, then the chartering entity shall revoke the |
| 16 | | charter. Except in situations of an emergency where the |
| 17 | | health, safety, or education of the charter school's students |
| 18 | | is at risk, the revocation shall take place at the end of a |
| 19 | | school year. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to |
| 20 | | prohibit an implementation timetable that is less than 2 years |
| 21 | | in duration. No local school board may arbitrarily or |
| 22 | | capriciously revoke or not renew a charter. Except for |
| 23 | | extenuating circumstances outlined in this Section, if a local |
| 24 | | school board revokes or does not renew a charter, it must |
| 25 | | ensure that all students currently enrolled in the charter |
| 26 | | school are placed in schools that are higher performing than |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 240 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | that charter school, as defined in the State's federal Every |
| 2 | | Student Succeeds Act accountability plan. In determining |
| 3 | | whether extenuating circumstances exist, a local school board |
| 4 | | must detail, by clear and convincing evidence, that factors |
| 5 | | unrelated to the charter school's accountability designation |
| 6 | | outweigh the charter school's academic performance. |
| 7 | | (d) (Blank). |
| 8 | | (e) Notice of a local school board's decision to deny, |
| 9 | | revoke, or not renew a charter shall be provided to the State |
| 10 | | Board. |
| 11 | | The State Board may reverse a local board's decision to |
| 12 | | revoke or not renew a charter if the State Board finds that the |
| 13 | | charter school or charter school proposal (i) is in compliance |
| 14 | | with this Article and (ii) is in the best interests of the |
| 15 | | students it is designed to serve. The State Board may |
| 16 | | condition the granting of an appeal on the acceptance by the |
| 17 | | charter school of funding in an amount less than that |
| 18 | | requested in the proposal submitted to the local school board. |
| 19 | | The State Board must appoint and utilize a hearing officer for |
| 20 | | any appeals conducted under this subsection. Final decisions |
| 21 | | of the State Board are subject to judicial review under the |
| 22 | | Administrative Review Law. |
| 23 | | (f) Notwithstanding other provisions of this Article, if |
| 24 | | the State Board on appeal reverses a local board's decision or |
| 25 | | if a charter school is approved by referendum, the State Board |
| 26 | | shall act as the authorized chartering entity for the charter |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 241 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | school and shall perform all functions under this Article |
| 2 | | otherwise performed by the local school board. The State Board |
| 3 | | shall report the aggregate number of charter school pupils |
| 4 | | resident in a school district to that district and shall |
| 5 | | notify the district of the amount of funding to be paid by the |
| 6 | | State Board to the charter school enrolling such students. The |
| 7 | | charter school shall maintain accurate records of daily |
| 8 | | attendance and student enrollment and shall enter data on the |
| 9 | | students served, their characteristics, their particular |
| 10 | | needs, the programs in which they participate, and their |
| 11 | | academic achievement into the statewide student information |
| 12 | | system established by the State Board. The State Board shall |
| 13 | | withhold from funds otherwise due the district the funds |
| 14 | | authorized by this Article to be paid to the charter school and |
| 15 | | shall pay such amounts to the charter school in quarterly |
| 16 | | installments, calculated as follows: |
| 17 | | (1) The amount of the first quarterly payment shall be |
| 18 | | based on the projected number of students who will be |
| 19 | | enrolled in the charter school in the upcoming school |
| 20 | | year, multiplied by one-fourth of the resident district's |
| 21 | | per capita tuition amount. Each charter school shall |
| 22 | | submit its projected enrollment by no later than August 1 |
| 23 | | of each year on a form provided by the State Board for this |
| 24 | | purpose. |
| 25 | | (2) The amount of the second quarterly payment shall |
| 26 | | be calculated such that the aggregate amount of the first |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 242 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and second quarterly installments is equal to the number |
| 2 | | of students reported as enrolled at the charter school on |
| 3 | | October 1 in the State Board's student information system, |
| 4 | | multiplied by one-half of the resident district's per |
| 5 | | capita tuition amount. |
| 6 | | (3) The amount of the third quarterly payment shall be |
| 7 | | based on the number of students enrolled in the charter |
| 8 | | school on January 1, multiplied by one-fourth of the |
| 9 | | resident district's per capita tuition amount. Each |
| 10 | | charter school shall submit its January 1 enrollment by no |
| 11 | | later than January 5 of each year on a form provided by the |
| 12 | | State Board for this purpose. |
| 13 | | (4) The amount of the fourth quarterly payment shall |
| 14 | | be calculated such that the aggregate amount of the third |
| 15 | | and fourth installments is equal to the number of students |
| 16 | | reported as enrolled at the charter school on March 1 in |
| 17 | | the State Board's student information system, multiplied |
| 18 | | by one-half of the resident district's per capita tuition |
| 19 | | amount. |
| 20 | | (g) (Blank). |
| 21 | | (h) The State Board shall pay directly to a charter school |
| 22 | | it authorizes any federal or State funding attributable to a |
| 23 | | student with a disability attending the school. |
| 24 | | (Source: P.A. 103-175, eff. 6-30-23.) |
| 25 | | (105 ILCS 5/30-15.25) (from Ch. 122, par. 30-15.25) |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 243 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Sec. 30-15.25. (a) As used in this Section, the term |
| 2 | | "public institution of higher education" includes: the |
| 3 | | University of Illinois; Southern Illinois University; Chicago |
| 4 | | State University; Eastern Illinois University; Governors State |
| 5 | | University; Illinois State University; Northeastern Illinois |
| 6 | | University; Northern Illinois University; Western Illinois |
| 7 | | University; the public community colleges of the State; and |
| 8 | | any other public universities, colleges and community colleges |
| 9 | | now or hereafter established or authorized by the General |
| 10 | | Assembly. The term "nonpublic institution of higher education" |
| 11 | | includes any educational organization in this State, other |
| 12 | | than a public institution of higher education, which provides |
| 13 | | a minimum of an organized 2 year program at the private junior |
| 14 | | college level or higher and which operates not-for-profit and |
| 15 | | in conformity with standards substantially equivalent to those |
| 16 | | of public institutions of higher education. |
| 17 | | (b) Each public institution of higher education shall |
| 18 | | disclose the terms, restrictions and requirements attached to |
| 19 | | or made a part of any endowment, gift, grant, contract award or |
| 20 | | property of any kind or value in excess of $100,000 made to |
| 21 | | such institution, or to any school, college, division, branch |
| 22 | | or other organizational entity within or forming a part of |
| 23 | | such institution, by a foreign government or an individual who |
| 24 | | is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States, in |
| 25 | | any calendar or fiscal year. If the foreign government or |
| 26 | | individual donates more than one gift in any calendar or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 244 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | fiscal year, and the total value of those gifts exceeds |
| 2 | | $100,000, such institution shall report all the gifts |
| 3 | | received. This subsection shall not apply to funds that public |
| 4 | | institutions of higher education receive from grants and |
| 5 | | contracts through either the federal government or the State |
| 6 | | of Illinois. |
| 7 | | (c) The provisions of this subsection apply to each |
| 8 | | nonpublic institution of higher education: (i) which receives |
| 9 | | any grant or award under the Illinois Financial Assistance Act |
| 10 | | for Nonpublic Institutions of Higher Learning or under the |
| 11 | | Higher Education Cooperation Act, or (ii) which is a |
| 12 | | participant in a program of interinstitutional cooperation |
| 13 | | administered by a not-for-profit organization that is |
| 14 | | organized to administer such program under the Higher |
| 15 | | Education Cooperation Act and that receives any grant under |
| 16 | | and in furtherance of the purposes of that Act, or (iii) which |
| 17 | | receives any grant or distribution of grant moneys |
| 18 | | appropriated from the State Treasury or any fund therein to |
| 19 | | such institution or to the Board of Higher Education for |
| 20 | | distribution to nonpublic institutions of higher education for |
| 21 | | purposes of Section 4 of the Build Illinois Bond Act or for any |
| 22 | | other purpose authorized by law. Each nonpublic institution of |
| 23 | | higher education to which the provisions of this subsection |
| 24 | | apply shall disclose the terms, restrictions and requirements |
| 25 | | attached to or made a part of any endowment, gift, grant, |
| 26 | | contract award or property of any kind or value in excess of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 245 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | $250,000 made to such institution, or to any school, college, |
| 2 | | division, branch or other organizational entity within or |
| 3 | | forming a part of such institution, by a foreign government or |
| 4 | | an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the |
| 5 | | United States, in any calendar or fiscal year. If the foreign |
| 6 | | government or individual donates more than one gift in any |
| 7 | | calendar or fiscal year, and the total value of those gifts |
| 8 | | exceeds $250,000, such institution shall report all the gifts |
| 9 | | received. |
| 10 | | (d) Such information shall be forwarded to the Attorney |
| 11 | | General no later than 30 days after the final day of each |
| 12 | | calendar or fiscal year of such institution, whichever type of |
| 13 | | year is used by the institution in accounting for the gifts |
| 14 | | received for the purposes of this Section. The information |
| 15 | | shall include: |
| 16 | | (1) the name of the foreign government in the case of a |
| 17 | | gift by a government, or the name of the foreign country |
| 18 | | other than the United States of which an individual donor |
| 19 | | is a citizen, in the case of a gift by an individual; |
| 20 | | (2) the amount and the date of the contribution or |
| 21 | | contributions; |
| 22 | | (3) when the gift is conditional, matching or |
| 23 | | designated for a particular purpose, full details of the |
| 24 | | conditions, matching provisions or designation; and |
| 25 | | (4) the purpose or purposes for which the contribution |
| 26 | | will be used. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 246 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Such information shall be a matter of public record. |
| 2 | | (Source: P.A. 89-4, eff. 1-1-96.) |
| 3 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-1.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.01) |
| 4 | | Sec. 34-1.01. Intent. The General Assembly has previously |
| 5 | | established that the primary purpose of schooling is the |
| 6 | | transmission of knowledge and culture through which children |
| 7 | | learn in areas necessary to their continuing development, and |
| 8 | | the General Assembly has defined these areas as including |
| 9 | | language arts, mathematics, biological, physical and social |
| 10 | | sciences, the fine arts, and physical development and health. |
| 11 | | The General Assembly declares its intent to achieve the |
| 12 | | primary purpose of schooling in elementary and secondary |
| 13 | | schools subject to this Article, as now or hereafter amended, |
| 14 | | in cities of over 500,000 inhabitants, through the provisions |
| 15 | | of this amendatory Act of 1991. |
| 16 | | A. Goals. In the furtherance of this intent, the General |
| 17 | | Assembly is committed to the belief that, while such urban |
| 18 | | schools should foster improvement and student growth in a |
| 19 | | number of areas, first priority should be given to achieving |
| 20 | | the following goals: |
| 21 | | 1. assuring that students show significant progress |
| 22 | | toward meeting and exceeding State performance standards |
| 23 | | in State mandated learning areas, including the mastery of |
| 24 | | higher order thinking skills in these and other learning |
| 25 | | areas; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 247 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 2. assuring that students attend school regularly and |
| 2 | | graduate from high school at rates that equal or surpass |
| 3 | | national norms; |
| 4 | | 3. assuring that students are adequately prepared for |
| 5 | | further education and aiding students in making a |
| 6 | | successful transition to further education; |
| 7 | | 4. assuring that students are adequately prepared for |
| 8 | | successful entry into employment and aiding students in |
| 9 | | making a successful transition to employment; |
| 10 | | 5. assuring that students are, to the maximum extent |
| 11 | | possible, provided with a common learning experience that |
| 12 | | is of high academic quality and that reflects high |
| 13 | | expectations for all students' capacities to learn; |
| 14 | | 6. assuring that students are better prepared to |
| 15 | | compete in the international market place by having world |
| 16 | | foreign language proficiency and stronger international |
| 17 | | studies; |
| 18 | | 7. assuring that students are encouraged in exploring |
| 19 | | potential interests in fields such as journalism, drama, |
| 20 | | art and music; |
| 21 | | 8. assuring that individual teachers are granted the |
| 22 | | professional authority to make decisions about instruction |
| 23 | | and the method of teaching; |
| 24 | | 9. assuring that students are provided the means to |
| 25 | | express themselves creatively and to respond to the |
| 26 | | artistic expression of others through the visual arts, |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 248 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | music, drama and dance; and |
| 2 | | 10. assuring that students are provided adequate |
| 3 | | athletic programs that encourage pride and positive |
| 4 | | identification with the attendance center and that reduce |
| 5 | | the number of dropouts and teenage delinquents. |
| 6 | | B. Achieving goals. To achieve these priority goals, the |
| 7 | | General Assembly intends to make the individual local school |
| 8 | | the essential unit for educational governance and improvement |
| 9 | | and to establish a process for placing the primary |
| 10 | | responsibility for school governance and improvement in |
| 11 | | furtherance of such goals in the hands of parents, community |
| 12 | | residents, teachers, and the school principal at the school |
| 13 | | level. |
| 14 | | Further, to achieve these priority goals, the General |
| 15 | | Assembly intends to lodge with the board of education key |
| 16 | | powers in limited areas related to district-wide policy, so |
| 17 | | that the board of education supports school-level governance |
| 18 | | and improvement and carries out functions that can be |
| 19 | | performed more efficiently through centralized action. |
| 20 | | The General Assembly does not intend to alter or amend the |
| 21 | | provisions of the desegregation obligations of the board of |
| 22 | | education, including but not limited to the Consent Decree or |
| 23 | | the Desegregation Plan in United States v. Chicago Board of |
| 24 | | Education, 80 C 5124, U.S. District Court for the Northern |
| 25 | | District of Illinois. Accordingly, the implementation of this |
| 26 | | amendatory Act of 1991, to the extent practicable, shall be |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 249 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | consistent with and, in all cases, shall be subject to the |
| 2 | | desegregation obligations pursuant to such Consent Decree and |
| 3 | | Desegregation Plan. |
| 4 | | (Source: P.A. 87-455; 88-686, eff. 1-24-95.) |
| 5 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18) |
| 6 | | Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise |
| 7 | | general supervision and jurisdiction over the public education |
| 8 | | and the public school system of the city, and, except as |
| 9 | | otherwise provided by this Article, shall have power: |
| 10 | | 1. To make suitable provision for the establishment |
| 11 | | and maintenance throughout the year or for such portion |
| 12 | | thereof as it may direct, not less than 9 months and in |
| 13 | | compliance with Section 10-19.05, of schools of all grades |
| 14 | | and kinds, including normal schools, high schools, night |
| 15 | | schools, schools for defectives and delinquents, parental |
| 16 | | and truant schools, schools for the blind, the deaf, and |
| 17 | | persons with physical disabilities, schools or classes in |
| 18 | | manual training, constructural and vocational teaching, |
| 19 | | domestic arts, and physical culture, vocation and |
| 20 | | extension schools and lecture courses, and all other |
| 21 | | educational courses and facilities, including |
| 22 | | establishing, equipping, maintaining and operating |
| 23 | | playgrounds and recreational programs, when such programs |
| 24 | | are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected with any |
| 25 | | public school under the general supervision and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 250 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | jurisdiction of the board; provided that the calendar for |
| 2 | | the school term and any changes must be submitted to and |
| 3 | | approved by the State Board of Education before the |
| 4 | | calendar or changes may take effect, and provided that in |
| 5 | | allocating funds from year to year for the operation of |
| 6 | | all attendance centers within the district, the board |
| 7 | | shall ensure that supplemental general State aid or |
| 8 | | supplemental grant funds are allocated and applied in |
| 9 | | accordance with Section 18-8, 18-8.05, or 18-8.15. To |
| 10 | | admit to such schools without charge foreign exchange |
| 11 | | students who are participants in an organized exchange |
| 12 | | student program which is authorized by the board. The |
| 13 | | board shall permit all students to enroll in |
| 14 | | apprenticeship programs in trade schools operated by the |
| 15 | | board, whether those programs are union-sponsored or not. |
| 16 | | No student shall be refused admission into or be excluded |
| 17 | | from any course of instruction offered in the common |
| 18 | | schools by reason of that student's sex. No student shall |
| 19 | | be denied equal access to physical education and |
| 20 | | interscholastic athletic programs supported from school |
| 21 | | district funds or denied participation in comparable |
| 22 | | physical education and athletic programs solely by reason |
| 23 | | of the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported |
| 24 | | from school district funds and comparable programs will be |
| 25 | | defined in rules promulgated by the State Board of |
| 26 | | Education in consultation with the Illinois High School |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 251 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Association. Notwithstanding any other provision of this |
| 2 | | Article, neither the board of education nor any local |
| 3 | | school council or other school official shall recommend |
| 4 | | that children with disabilities be placed into regular |
| 5 | | education classrooms unless those children with |
| 6 | | disabilities are provided with supplementary services to |
| 7 | | assist them so that they benefit from the regular |
| 8 | | classroom instruction and are included on the teacher's |
| 9 | | regular education class register; |
| 10 | | 2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable |
| 11 | | charge therefor, and to use school funds for the payment |
| 12 | | of such expenses as the board may determine are necessary |
| 13 | | in conducting the school lunch program; |
| 14 | | 3. To co-operate with the circuit court; |
| 15 | | 4. To make arrangements with the public or |
| 16 | | quasi-public libraries and museums for the use of their |
| 17 | | facilities by teachers and pupils of the public schools; |
| 18 | | 5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for |
| 19 | | the purpose of treating the pupils in the schools, but |
| 20 | | accepting such treatment shall be optional with parents or |
| 21 | | guardians; |
| 22 | | 6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms |
| 23 | | when not otherwise needed, including light, heat, and |
| 24 | | attendants, for free public lectures, concerts, and other |
| 25 | | educational and social interests, free of charge, under |
| 26 | | such provisions and control as the principal of the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 252 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | affected attendance center may prescribe; |
| 2 | | 7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools; |
| 3 | | provided that no pupil shall be excluded from or |
| 4 | | segregated in any such school on account of his color, |
| 5 | | race, sex, or nationality. The board shall take into |
| 6 | | consideration the prevention of segregation and the |
| 7 | | elimination of separation of children in public schools |
| 8 | | because of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that |
| 9 | | children may be committed to or attend parental and social |
| 10 | | adjustment schools established and maintained either for |
| 11 | | boys or girls only. All records pertaining to the |
| 12 | | creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas shall |
| 13 | | be open to the public. Nothing herein shall limit the |
| 14 | | board's authority to establish multi-area attendance |
| 15 | | centers or other student assignment systems for |
| 16 | | desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the |
| 17 | | pupils to the several schools. Furthermore, beginning in |
| 18 | | school year 1994-95, pursuant to a board plan adopted by |
| 19 | | October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing on a |
| 20 | | phased-in basis, the opportunity for families within the |
| 21 | | school district to apply for enrollment of their children |
| 22 | | in any attendance center within the school district which |
| 23 | | does not have selective admission requirements approved by |
| 24 | | the board. The appropriate geographical area in which such |
| 25 | | open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by |
| 26 | | the board of education. Such children may be admitted to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 253 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | any such attendance center on a space available basis |
| 2 | | after all children residing within such attendance |
| 3 | | center's area have been accommodated. If the number of |
| 4 | | applicants from outside the attendance area exceed the |
| 5 | | space available, then successful applicants shall be |
| 6 | | selected by lottery. The board of education's open |
| 7 | | enrollment plan must include provisions that allow |
| 8 | | low-income students to have access to transportation |
| 9 | | needed to exercise school choice. Open enrollment shall be |
| 10 | | in compliance with the provisions of the Consent Decree |
| 11 | | and Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01; |
| 12 | | 8. To approve programs and policies for providing |
| 13 | | transportation services to students. Nothing herein shall |
| 14 | | be construed to permit or empower the State Board of |
| 15 | | Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other |
| 16 | | transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving |
| 17 | | racial balance in any school; |
| 18 | | 9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to |
| 19 | | establish and approve system-wide curriculum objectives |
| 20 | | and standards, including graduation standards, which |
| 21 | | reflect the multi-cultural diversity in the city and are |
| 22 | | consistent with State law, provided that for all purposes |
| 23 | | of this Article courses or proficiency in American Sign |
| 24 | | Language shall be deemed to constitute courses or |
| 25 | | proficiency in a world foreign language; and to employ |
| 26 | | principals and teachers, appointed as provided in this |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 254 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Article, and fix their compensation. The board shall |
| 2 | | prepare such reports related to minimal competency testing |
| 3 | | as may be requested by the State Board of Education and, in |
| 4 | | addition, shall monitor and approve special education and |
| 5 | | bilingual education programs and policies within the |
| 6 | | district to ensure that appropriate services are provided |
| 7 | | in accordance with applicable State and federal laws to |
| 8 | | children requiring services and education in those areas; |
| 9 | | 10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize |
| 10 | | volunteer personnel for: (i) non-teaching duties not |
| 11 | | requiring instructional judgment or evaluation of pupils, |
| 12 | | including library duties; and (ii) supervising study |
| 13 | | halls, long distance teaching reception areas used |
| 14 | | incident to instructional programs transmitted by |
| 15 | | electronic media such as computers, video, and audio, |
| 16 | | detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored |
| 17 | | extracurricular activities. The board may further utilize |
| 18 | | volunteer nonlicensed personnel or employ nonlicensed |
| 19 | | personnel to assist in the instruction of pupils under the |
| 20 | | immediate supervision of a teacher holding a valid |
| 21 | | educator license, directly engaged in teaching subject |
| 22 | | matter or conducting activities; provided that the teacher |
| 23 | | shall be continuously aware of the nonlicensed persons' |
| 24 | | activities and shall be able to control or modify them. |
| 25 | | The general superintendent shall determine qualifications |
| 26 | | of such personnel and shall prescribe rules for |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 255 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | determining the duties and activities to be assigned to |
| 2 | | such personnel; |
| 3 | | 10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional |
| 4 | | School Crisis Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part |
| 5 | | of the Safe to Learn Program established pursuant to |
| 6 | | Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act of |
| 7 | | 1995, to provide assistance to schools in times of |
| 8 | | violence or other traumatic incidents within a school |
| 9 | | community by providing crisis intervention services to |
| 10 | | lessen the effects of emotional trauma on individuals and |
| 11 | | the community; the School Crisis Assistance Team Steering |
| 12 | | Committee shall determine the qualifications for |
| 13 | | volunteers; |
| 14 | | 11. To provide television studio facilities in not to |
| 15 | | exceed one school building and to provide programs for |
| 16 | | educational purposes, provided, however, that the board |
| 17 | | shall not construct, acquire, operate, or maintain a |
| 18 | | television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio |
| 19 | | facilities to a licensed television station located in the |
| 20 | | school district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed |
| 21 | | one school radio transmitting station and provide programs |
| 22 | | for educational purposes; |
| 23 | | 12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education |
| 24 | | courses, including field trips within the State of |
| 25 | | Illinois, or adjacent states, and to use school |
| 26 | | educational funds for the expense of the said outdoor |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 256 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | educational programs, whether within the school district |
| 2 | | or not; |
| 3 | | 13. During that period of the calendar year not |
| 4 | | embraced within the regular school term, to provide and |
| 5 | | conduct courses in subject matters normally embraced in |
| 6 | | the program of the schools during the regular school term |
| 7 | | and to give regular school credit for satisfactory |
| 8 | | completion by the student of such courses as may be |
| 9 | | approved for credit by the State Board of Education; |
| 10 | | 14. To insure against any loss or liability of the |
| 11 | | board, the former School Board Nominating Commission, |
| 12 | | Local School Councils, the Chicago Schools Academic |
| 13 | | Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict Councils |
| 14 | | or of any member, officer, agent, or employee thereof, |
| 15 | | resulting from alleged violations of civil rights arising |
| 16 | | from incidents occurring on or after September 5, 1967 or |
| 17 | | from the wrongful or negligent act or omission of any such |
| 18 | | person whether occurring within or without the school |
| 19 | | premises, provided the officer, agent, or employee was, at |
| 20 | | the time of the alleged violation of civil rights or |
| 21 | | wrongful act or omission, acting within the scope of his |
| 22 | | or her employment or under direction of the board, the |
| 23 | | former School Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago |
| 24 | | Schools Academic Accountability Council, Local School |
| 25 | | Councils, or the former Subdistrict Councils; and to |
| 26 | | provide for or participate in insurance plans for its |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 257 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | officers and employees, including, but not limited to, |
| 2 | | retirement annuities, medical, surgical and |
| 3 | | hospitalization benefits in such types and amounts as may |
| 4 | | be determined by the board; provided, however, that the |
| 5 | | board shall contract for such insurance only with an |
| 6 | | insurance company authorized to do business in this State. |
| 7 | | Such insurance may include provision for employees who |
| 8 | | rely on treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for |
| 9 | | healing, in accordance with the tenets and practice of a |
| 10 | | recognized religious denomination; |
| 11 | | 15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any |
| 12 | | municipality or the county board of any county, as the |
| 13 | | case may be, to provide for the regulation of traffic in |
| 14 | | parking areas of property used for school purposes, in |
| 15 | | such manner as is provided by Section 11-209 of the |
| 16 | | Illinois Vehicle Code; |
| 17 | | 16. In this paragraph 16: |
| 18 | | "Direct admissions information" means a student's |
| 19 | | name, home address, birth date, telephone number, email |
| 20 | | address, cumulative grade point average, and high school. |
| 21 | | "Directory information" means a high school student's |
| 22 | | name, home address, birth date, and telephone number. |
| 23 | | "Public institution of higher education" has the |
| 24 | | meaning given to that term in the Board of Higher |
| 25 | | Education Act. |
| 26 | | (a) To provide, on an equal basis and consistent with |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 258 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of |
| 2 | | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act, access |
| 3 | | to a high school campus and student directory information |
| 4 | | to the official recruiting representatives of the armed |
| 5 | | forces of Illinois and the United States, to the Illinois |
| 6 | | Student Assistance Commission, and to public institutions |
| 7 | | of higher education for the purposes of informing students |
| 8 | | of educational and career opportunities if the board has |
| 9 | | provided such access to persons or groups whose purpose is |
| 10 | | to acquaint students with educational or occupational |
| 11 | | opportunities available to them. The board is not required |
| 12 | | to give greater notice regarding the right of access to |
| 13 | | recruiting representatives than is given to other persons |
| 14 | | and groups. |
| 15 | | (a-5) To provide, on an equal basis and consistent |
| 16 | | with the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act |
| 17 | | of 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act, |
| 18 | | access to student direct admissions information to the |
| 19 | | Illinois Student Assistance Commission for the purpose of |
| 20 | | the direct admission program. |
| 21 | | (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian |
| 22 | | submits a signed, written request to the high school |
| 23 | | before the end of the student's sophomore year (or if the |
| 24 | | student is a transfer student, by another time set by the |
| 25 | | high school) that indicates that the student or his or her |
| 26 | | parent or guardian does not want the student's directory |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 259 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | information to be provided to official recruiting |
| 2 | | representatives, to the Illinois Student Assistance |
| 3 | | Commission, and to public institutions of higher education |
| 4 | | under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 16, the high |
| 5 | | school may not provide access to the student's directory |
| 6 | | information to these recruiting representatives, the |
| 7 | | Illinois Student Assistance Commission, and public |
| 8 | | institutions of higher education. The high school shall |
| 9 | | notify its students and their parents or guardians of the |
| 10 | | provisions of this subparagraph (b). |
| 11 | | (b-5) If a student who is 18 years of age or older or |
| 12 | | the parent or guardian of a student under 18 years of age |
| 13 | | submits a signed, written or electronic consent that |
| 14 | | indicates that the student or his or her parent or |
| 15 | | guardian does permit the student's direct admissions |
| 16 | | information to be provided, the high school shall provide |
| 17 | | the student's direct admissions information to the |
| 18 | | Illinois Student Assistance Commission. |
| 19 | | The Illinois Student Assistance Commission shall provide |
| 20 | | template opt-in language to those school districts maintaining |
| 21 | | grades 10 through 12, which shall be made available on the |
| 22 | | Commission's website no later than June 30, 2025. The template |
| 23 | | opt-in language shall specify that if the student or the |
| 24 | | student's parent or guardian provides consent, the student's |
| 25 | | direct admissions information will be sent to the Illinois |
| 26 | | Student Assistance Commission and the direct admissions |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 260 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | information may, as needed for the administration of the |
| 2 | | direct admission program under the Public University Direct |
| 3 | | Admission Program Act, be redisclosed to the Board of Higher |
| 4 | | Education, the Illinois Community College Board, public |
| 5 | | universities for which the student qualifies under the direct |
| 6 | | admission program, the University of Illinois at |
| 7 | | Urbana-Champaign and the University of Illinois at Chicago if |
| 8 | | the student qualifies under Section 20 of the Public |
| 9 | | University Direct Admission Program Act, the community college |
| 10 | | district where the student resides, and, if applicable, a |
| 11 | | third party that operates a statewide student application |
| 12 | | portal. The template opt-in language shall also specify that |
| 13 | | direct admissions information may not be redisclosed to any |
| 14 | | other individual or entity unless the opt-in language notifies |
| 15 | | the student or the student's parent or guardian of such |
| 16 | | redisclosure and the student or the student's parent or |
| 17 | | guardian consents to the redisclosure. |
| 18 | | The high school shall notify its students and their |
| 19 | | parents or guardians of the provisions of this subparagraph |
| 20 | | (b-5) and, at the time of school registration or at other |
| 21 | | appropriate times prior to the end of a student's junior year, |
| 22 | | give its students and their parents or guardians the option |
| 23 | | for the student information to be shared for the purpose of the |
| 24 | | direct admission program. |
| 25 | | (c) A high school may require official recruiting |
| 26 | | representatives of the armed forces of Illinois and the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 261 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | United States to pay a fee for copying and mailing a |
| 2 | | student's directory information in an amount that is not |
| 3 | | more than the actual costs incurred by the high school. |
| 4 | | (d) Information received by an official under this |
| 5 | | Section may be used only to provide information to |
| 6 | | students concerning educational and career opportunities. |
| 7 | | Information may not be released to a person who is not |
| 8 | | involved in recruiting students for the armed forces of |
| 9 | | Illinois or the United States or providing educational |
| 10 | | opportunity information for the Board of Higher Education, |
| 11 | | the Illinois Community College Board, the Illinois Student |
| 12 | | Assistance Commission, or public institutions of higher |
| 13 | | education. |
| 14 | | (e) By July 1, 2026 and each July 1 thereafter, the |
| 15 | | school district shall make student directory information |
| 16 | | electronically accessible for official recruiting |
| 17 | | representatives of the armed forces of Illinois or the |
| 18 | | United States, to the Illinois Student Assistance |
| 19 | | Commission, and to public institutions of higher |
| 20 | | education; |
| 21 | | (f) By July 1, 2026 and each July 1 thereafter, the |
| 22 | | school district shall make student direct admissions |
| 23 | | information electronically accessible through a secure, |
| 24 | | centralized data system to the Illinois Student Assistance |
| 25 | | Commission for the purpose of the direct admission |
| 26 | | program. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 262 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (g) The Board of Higher Education, the Illinois |
| 2 | | Community College Board, the Illinois Student Assistance |
| 3 | | Commission, and the State Board of Education may adopt any |
| 4 | | rules necessary to administer this paragraph 16. |
| 5 | | 17. (a) To sell or market any computer program |
| 6 | | developed by an employee of the school district, provided |
| 7 | | that such employee developed the computer program as a |
| 8 | | direct result of his or her duties with the school |
| 9 | | district or through the utilization of school district |
| 10 | | resources or facilities. The employee who developed the |
| 11 | | computer program shall be entitled to share in the |
| 12 | | proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer |
| 13 | | program. The distribution of such proceeds between the |
| 14 | | employee and the school district shall be as agreed upon |
| 15 | | by the employee and the school district, except that |
| 16 | | neither the employee nor the school district may receive |
| 17 | | more than 90% of such proceeds. The negotiation for an |
| 18 | | employee who is represented by an exclusive bargaining |
| 19 | | representative may be conducted by such bargaining |
| 20 | | representative at the employee's request. |
| 21 | | (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17: |
| 22 | | (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed, general |
| 23 | | purpose digital device capable of automatically accepting |
| 24 | | data, processing data and supplying the results of the |
| 25 | | operation. |
| 26 | | (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 263 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | instructions or statements in a form acceptable to a |
| 2 | | computer, which causes the computer to process data in |
| 3 | | order to achieve a certain result. |
| 4 | | (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from the |
| 5 | | marketing or sale of a product after deducting the |
| 6 | | expenses of developing and marketing such product; |
| 7 | | 18. To delegate to the general superintendent of |
| 8 | | schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts |
| 9 | | and expenditures in amounts of $35,000 or less; |
| 10 | | 19. Upon the written request of an employee, to |
| 11 | | withhold from the compensation of that employee any dues, |
| 12 | | payments, or contributions payable by such employee to any |
| 13 | | labor organization as defined in the Illinois Educational |
| 14 | | Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an amount |
| 15 | | shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which |
| 16 | | is equal to the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any |
| 17 | | payments or contributions, and the board shall transmit |
| 18 | | such withholdings to the specified labor organization |
| 19 | | within 10 working days from the time of the withholding; |
| 20 | | 19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a |
| 21 | | municipality with a population of 500,000 or more, a |
| 22 | | county with a population of 3,000,000 or more, the Cook |
| 23 | | County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park |
| 24 | | District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the |
| 25 | | Chicago Transit Authority, or a housing authority of a |
| 26 | | municipality with a population of 500,000 or more that a |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 264 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | debt is due and owing the municipality, the county, the |
| 2 | | Cook County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park |
| 3 | | District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the |
| 4 | | Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing authority by an |
| 5 | | employee of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, |
| 6 | | from the compensation of that employee, the amount of the |
| 7 | | debt that is due and owing and pay the amount withheld to |
| 8 | | the municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest |
| 9 | | Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the |
| 10 | | Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the Chicago |
| 11 | | Transit Authority, or the housing authority; provided, |
| 12 | | however, that the amount deducted from any one salary or |
| 13 | | wage payment shall not exceed 25% of the net amount of the |
| 14 | | payment. Before the Board deducts any amount from any |
| 15 | | salary or wage of an employee under this paragraph, the |
| 16 | | municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve |
| 17 | | District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan |
| 18 | | Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, |
| 19 | | or the housing authority shall certify that (i) the |
| 20 | | employee has been afforded an opportunity for a hearing to |
| 21 | | dispute the debt that is due and owing the municipality, |
| 22 | | the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the |
| 23 | | Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation |
| 24 | | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing |
| 25 | | authority and (ii) the employee has received notice of a |
| 26 | | wage deduction order and has been afforded an opportunity |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 265 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for a hearing to object to the order. For purposes of this |
| 2 | | paragraph, "net amount" means that part of the salary or |
| 3 | | wage payment remaining after the deduction of any amounts |
| 4 | | required by law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" |
| 5 | | means (i) a specified sum of money owed to the |
| 6 | | municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve |
| 7 | | District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan |
| 8 | | Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, |
| 9 | | or the housing authority for services, work, or goods, |
| 10 | | after the period granted for payment has expired, or (ii) |
| 11 | | a specified sum of money owed to the municipality, the |
| 12 | | county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the |
| 13 | | Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation |
| 14 | | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing |
| 15 | | authority pursuant to a court order or order of an |
| 16 | | administrative hearing officer after the exhaustion of, or |
| 17 | | the failure to exhaust, judicial review; |
| 18 | | 20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient |
| 19 | | number of licensed school counselors to maintain a |
| 20 | | student/counselor ratio of 250 to 1. Each counselor shall |
| 21 | | spend at least 75% of his work time in direct contact with |
| 22 | | students and shall maintain a record of such time; |
| 23 | | 21. To make available to students vocational and |
| 24 | | career counseling and to establish 5 special career |
| 25 | | counseling days for students and parents. On these days |
| 26 | | representatives of local businesses and industries shall |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 266 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | be invited to the school campus and shall inform students |
| 2 | | of career opportunities available to them in the various |
| 3 | | businesses and industries. Special consideration shall be |
| 4 | | given to counseling minority students as to career |
| 5 | | opportunities available to them in various fields. For the |
| 6 | | purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a |
| 7 | | person who is any of the following: |
| 8 | | (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having |
| 9 | | origins in any of the original peoples of North and South |
| 10 | | America, including Central America, and who maintains |
| 11 | | tribal affiliation or community attachment). |
| 12 | | (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the |
| 13 | | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the |
| 14 | | Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to, |
| 15 | | Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan, |
| 16 | | the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam). |
| 17 | | (c) Black or African American (a person having origins |
| 18 | | in any of the black racial groups of Africa). |
| 19 | | (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, |
| 20 | | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish |
| 21 | | culture or origin, regardless of race). |
| 22 | | (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a |
| 23 | | person having origins in any of the original peoples of |
| 24 | | Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands). |
| 25 | | Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school |
| 26 | | days; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 267 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | 22. To report to the State Board of Education the |
| 2 | | annual student dropout rate and number of students who |
| 3 | | graduate from, transfer from, or otherwise leave bilingual |
| 4 | | programs; |
| 5 | | 23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and |
| 6 | | Neglected Child Reporting Act or other applicable State or |
| 7 | | federal law, to permit school officials to withhold, from |
| 8 | | any person, information on the whereabouts of any child |
| 9 | | removed from school premises when the child has been taken |
| 10 | | into protective custody as a victim of suspected child |
| 11 | | abuse. School officials shall direct such person to the |
| 12 | | Department of Children and Family Services or to the local |
| 13 | | law enforcement agency, if appropriate; |
| 14 | | 24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of |
| 15 | | existing school facilities, projected enrollment, and |
| 16 | | efficient utilization of available resources, for capital |
| 17 | | improvement of schools and school buildings within the |
| 18 | | district, addressing in that policy both the relative |
| 19 | | priority for major repairs, renovations, and additions to |
| 20 | | school facilities and the advisability or necessity of |
| 21 | | building new school facilities or closing existing schools |
| 22 | | to meet current or projected demographic patterns within |
| 23 | | the district; |
| 24 | | 25. To make available to the students in every high |
| 25 | | school attendance center the ability to take all courses |
| 26 | | necessary to comply with the Board of Higher Education's |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 268 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | college entrance criteria effective in 1993; |
| 2 | | 26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching |
| 3 | | profession, whereby qualified professionals become |
| 4 | | licensed teachers, by allowing credit for professional |
| 5 | | employment in related fields when determining point of |
| 6 | | entry on the teacher pay scale; |
| 7 | | 27. To provide or contract out training programs for |
| 8 | | administrative personnel and principals with revised or |
| 9 | | expanded duties pursuant to this Code in order to ensure |
| 10 | | they have the knowledge and skills to perform their |
| 11 | | duties; |
| 12 | | 28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special |
| 13 | | needs programs, and to allocate such funds and other lump |
| 14 | | sum amounts to each attendance center in a manner |
| 15 | | consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section |
| 16 | | 34-2.3. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to |
| 17 | | require any additional appropriations of State funds for |
| 18 | | this purpose; |
| 19 | | 29. (Blank); |
| 20 | | 30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or |
| 21 | | any other law to the contrary, to contract with third |
| 22 | | parties for services otherwise performed by employees, |
| 23 | | including those in a bargaining unit, and to lay off those |
| 24 | | employees upon 14 days' written notice to the affected |
| 25 | | employees. Those contracts may be for a period not to |
| 26 | | exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a system-wide basis. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 269 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools, |
| 2 | | provided that the board may operate an additional 5 |
| 3 | | contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of |
| 4 | | subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code, and the |
| 5 | | governing bodies of contract schools are subject to the |
| 6 | | Freedom of Information Act and Open Meetings Act; |
| 7 | | 31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures |
| 8 | | governing the layoff or reduction in force of employees |
| 9 | | and the recall of such employees, including, but not |
| 10 | | limited to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force |
| 11 | | or recall rights of such employees and the weight to be |
| 12 | | given to any particular criterion. Such criteria shall |
| 13 | | take into account factors, including, but not limited to, |
| 14 | | qualifications, certifications, experience, performance |
| 15 | | ratings or evaluations, and any other factors relating to |
| 16 | | an employee's job performance; |
| 17 | | 32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the |
| 18 | | hiring of personnel or the selection of contractors; |
| 19 | | 33. (Blank); and |
| 20 | | 34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the |
| 21 | | board comprised of representatives of the board, the chief |
| 22 | | executive officer, and those labor organizations that are |
| 23 | | the exclusive representatives of employees of the board |
| 24 | | and to promulgate policies and procedures for the |
| 25 | | operation of the Council. |
| 26 | | The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 270 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | be construed as exclusive, but the board shall also exercise |
| 2 | | all other powers that may be requisite or proper for the |
| 3 | | maintenance and the development of a public school system, not |
| 4 | | inconsistent with the other provisions of this Article or |
| 5 | | provisions of this Code which apply to all school districts. |
| 6 | | In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to |
| 7 | | be exercised by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to |
| 8 | | review or to direct independent reviews of special education |
| 9 | | expenditures and services. The board shall file a report of |
| 10 | | such review with the General Assembly on or before May 1, 1990. |
| 11 | | (Source: P.A. 103-8, eff. 1-1-24; 104-15, eff. 6-30-25; |
| 12 | | 104-417, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 13 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.44) |
| 14 | | Sec. 34-18.44. American Sign Language courses. The school |
| 15 | | board is encouraged to implement American Sign Language |
| 16 | | courses into school world foreign language curricula. |
| 17 | | (Source: P.A. 96-843, eff. 6-1-10; 97-333, eff. 8-12-11.) |
| 18 | | (105 ILCS 60/Act rep.) |
| 19 | | Section 15. The Community Service Education Act is |
| 20 | | repealed. |
| 21 | | Section 20. The Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act |
| 22 | | is amended by changing Section 80 as follows: |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 271 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (110 ILCS 148/80) |
| 2 | | Sec. 80. College and Career Pathway Endorsements. |
| 3 | | (a) College and Career Pathway Endorsements are |
| 4 | | established to recognize public high school graduates who |
| 5 | | complete the requirements set forth in subsection (d) of this |
| 6 | | Section. |
| 7 | | (b) A school district that enrolls students in any of |
| 8 | | grades 9 through 12 shall either elect to implement College |
| 9 | | and Career Pathway Endorsements in accordance with subsection |
| 10 | | (c) of Section 10-20.84 of the School Code or opt out of |
| 11 | | implementation in accordance with subsection (d) of Section |
| 12 | | 10-20.84 of the School Code. School district participation in |
| 13 | | this program is voluntary. |
| 14 | | (c) As of the 2019-2020 school year, Eligible School |
| 15 | | Districts may award one or more College and Career Pathway |
| 16 | | Endorsements on high school diplomas in Endorsement Areas |
| 17 | | established by ISBE in consultation with the other IPIC |
| 18 | | Agencies and appropriate stakeholders, including postsecondary |
| 19 | | institutions and employers. When establishing the Endorsement |
| 20 | | Areas, the agencies shall consider the Illinois career cluster |
| 21 | | framework, prevalent models for comprehensive pathway systems |
| 22 | | in Illinois high schools that articulate to postsecondary |
| 23 | | institutions and career training programs, prevalent models |
| 24 | | for guided pathway systems at postsecondary institutions, and |
| 25 | | the postsecondary institution mathematics pathways established |
| 26 | | pursuant to this Act. The Endorsement Areas shall also provide |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 272 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | for a multidisciplinary endorsement for students that change |
| 2 | | career pathways during high school while meeting the |
| 3 | | individualized plan, professional learning, and academic |
| 4 | | readiness requirements set forth in subsection (d) of this |
| 5 | | Section. |
| 6 | | (d) To earn a College and Career Pathway Endorsement, a |
| 7 | | student shall satisfy all of the following requirements: |
| 8 | | (1) Develop and periodically update an individualized |
| 9 | | plan for postsecondary education or training, careers, and |
| 10 | | financial aid. This individualized plan shall also include |
| 11 | | student development of a resume and personal statement |
| 12 | | with student reflection on attainment of Adaptive |
| 13 | | Competencies. The Eligible School District shall certify |
| 14 | | to ISBE that its individualized planning process spans |
| 15 | | grades 9 through 12 and includes an annual process for |
| 16 | | updating the plan. |
| 17 | | (2) Complete a career-focused instructional sequence, |
| 18 | | including at least 2 years of coursework or equivalent |
| 19 | | competencies within an Endorsement Area or, for students |
| 20 | | attaining a multidisciplinary endorsement, multiple |
| 21 | | Endorsement Areas. An Eligible School District must |
| 22 | | consult with its regional education for employment |
| 23 | | director on the establishment of the career-focused |
| 24 | | instructional sequence. For all areas other than for |
| 25 | | multidisciplinary endorsements, the Eligible School |
| 26 | | District and a Local Community College shall certify to |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 273 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | ISBE and ICCB that the career-focused instructional |
| 2 | | sequence is articulated to a certificate or degree program |
| 3 | | with labor market value, with opportunities for ongoing |
| 4 | | student advancement. ISBE and ICCB may adopt requirements |
| 5 | | for certifying that the instructional sequence meets the |
| 6 | | requirements of this paragraph (2). This certification |
| 7 | | must be re-certified at least once every 5 years |
| 8 | | thereafter. Commencing in the 2022-2023 school year, |
| 9 | | students must earn at least 6 hours of credit through |
| 10 | | early college credit courses within the career-focused |
| 11 | | instructional sequence. |
| 12 | | (3) Complete a minimum of 2 Career Exploration |
| 13 | | Activities or one Intensive Career Exploration Experience, |
| 14 | | a minimum of 2 Team-based Challenges, and at least 60 |
| 15 | | cumulative hours of participation in one or more |
| 16 | | Supervised Career Development Experiences. |
| 17 | | (4) Demonstrate readiness for non-remedial coursework |
| 18 | | in reading and mathematics by high school graduation |
| 19 | | through criteria certified by the Eligible School District |
| 20 | | and a Local Community College to ISBE and ICCB. The |
| 21 | | criteria shall align to any local partnership agreement |
| 22 | | established pursuant to Section 55 of this Act and may |
| 23 | | allow the demonstration of readiness through various |
| 24 | | methods, including assessment scores, grade point average, |
| 25 | | course completions, or other locally adopted criteria. |
| 26 | | (e) To become an Eligible School District and award |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 274 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | College and Careers Pathway Endorsements, a school district |
| 2 | | shall submit information in a form determined by ISBE and ICCB |
| 3 | | that indicates the school district's intent to award College |
| 4 | | and Career Pathway Endorsements in one or more Endorsement |
| 5 | | Areas and includes the certifications described in subsection |
| 6 | | (d) of this Section. Either ISBE or ICCB may require |
| 7 | | supporting evidence for any certification made by the school |
| 8 | | district in the submission. An Eligible School District must |
| 9 | | participate in any quality review process adopted by ISBE for |
| 10 | | College and Career Pathway Endorsement systems, provided that |
| 11 | | the quality review process is at no cost to the Eligible School |
| 12 | | District. |
| 13 | | (Source: P.A. 99-674, eff. 7-29-16.) |
| 14 | | Section 25. The University of Illinois Act is amended by |
| 15 | | changing Section 8 as follows: |
| 16 | | (110 ILCS 305/8) (from Ch. 144, par. 29) |
| 17 | | Sec. 8. Admissions. |
| 18 | | (a) (Blank). |
| 19 | | (b) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 20 | | of the departments or colleges of the University unless such |
| 21 | | student also has satisfactorily completed: |
| 22 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 23 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 24 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 275 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 2 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 3 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 4 | | and government); |
| 5 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 6 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 7 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 8 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 9 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 10 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 11 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 12 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 13 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 14 | | (2) except that institutions may admit individual |
| 15 | | applicants if the institution determines through |
| 16 | | assessment or through evaluation based on learning |
| 17 | | outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and |
| 18 | | technical education courses and courses taken in a charter |
| 19 | | school established under Article 27A of the School Code, |
| 20 | | that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills |
| 21 | | substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills |
| 22 | | expected to be acquired in the high school courses |
| 23 | | required for admission. The Board of Trustees of the |
| 24 | | University of Illinois shall not discriminate in the |
| 25 | | University's admissions process against an applicant for |
| 26 | | admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 276 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | charter school established under Article 27A of the School |
| 2 | | Code. Institutions may also admit 1) applicants who did |
| 3 | | not have an opportunity to complete the minimum college |
| 4 | | preparatory curriculum in high school, and 2) |
| 5 | | educationally disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to |
| 6 | | the formal organized special assistance programs that are |
| 7 | | tailored to the needs of such students, providing that in |
| 8 | | either case, the institution incorporates in the |
| 9 | | applicant's baccalaureate curriculum courses or other |
| 10 | | academic activities that compensate for course |
| 11 | | deficiencies; and |
| 12 | | (3) except that up to 3 of the 15 units of coursework |
| 13 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 14 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 15 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 16 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 17 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 18 | | (c) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 19 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 20 | | coursework required by subsection (b). |
| 21 | | (d) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 22 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 23 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 24 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 25 | | (e) The Board of Trustees shall establish an admissions |
| 26 | | process in which honorably discharged veterans are permitted |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 277 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | to submit an application for admission to the University as a |
| 2 | | freshman student enrolling in the spring semester if the |
| 3 | | veteran was on active duty during the fall semester. The |
| 4 | | University may request that the Department of Veterans Affairs |
| 5 | | confirm the status of an applicant as an honorably discharged |
| 6 | | veteran who was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 7 | | (f) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 8 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 9 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 10 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 11 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 12 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 13 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 14 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 15 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 16 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 17 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 18 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 19 | | Internet website. |
| 20 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 21 | | Section 30. The Southern Illinois University Management |
| 22 | | Act is amended by changing Section 8e as follows: |
| 23 | | (110 ILCS 520/8e) (from Ch. 144, par. 658e) |
| 24 | | Sec. 8e. Admissions. |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 278 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 2 | | of the departments or colleges of the University unless such |
| 3 | | student also has satisfactorily completed: |
| 4 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 5 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 6 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 7 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 8 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 9 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 10 | | and government); |
| 11 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 12 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 13 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 14 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 15 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 16 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 17 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 18 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 19 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 20 | | (2) except that institutions may admit individual |
| 21 | | applicants if the institution determines through |
| 22 | | assessment or through evaluation based on learning |
| 23 | | outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and |
| 24 | | technical education courses and courses taken in a charter |
| 25 | | school established under Article 27A of the School Code, |
| 26 | | that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 279 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills |
| 2 | | expected to be acquired in the high school courses |
| 3 | | required for admission. The Board of Trustees of Southern |
| 4 | | Illinois University shall not discriminate in the |
| 5 | | University's admissions process against an applicant for |
| 6 | | admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a |
| 7 | | charter school established under Article 27A of the School |
| 8 | | Code. Institutions may also admit 1) applicants who did |
| 9 | | not have an opportunity to complete the minimum college |
| 10 | | preparatory curriculum in high school, and 2) |
| 11 | | educationally disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to |
| 12 | | the formal organized special assistance programs that are |
| 13 | | tailored to the needs of such students, providing that in |
| 14 | | either case, the institution incorporates in the |
| 15 | | applicant's baccalaureate curriculum courses or other |
| 16 | | academic activities that compensate for course |
| 17 | | deficiencies; and |
| 18 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 19 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 20 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 21 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 22 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 23 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 24 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 25 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 26 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 280 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 2 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 3 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 4 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 5 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 6 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 7 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 8 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 9 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 10 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 11 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 12 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 13 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 14 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 15 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 16 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 17 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 18 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 19 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 20 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 21 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 22 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 23 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 24 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 25 | | Internet website. |
| 26 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 281 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Section 35. The Chicago State University Law is amended by |
| 2 | | changing Section 5-85 as follows: |
| 3 | | (110 ILCS 660/5-85) |
| 4 | | Sec. 5-85. Admissions. |
| 5 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 6 | | of the departments or colleges of the Chicago State University |
| 7 | | unless such student also has satisfactorily completed: |
| 8 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 9 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 10 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 11 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 12 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 13 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 14 | | and government); |
| 15 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 16 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 17 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 18 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 19 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 20 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 21 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 22 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 23 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 24 | | (2) except that Chicago State University may admit |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 282 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 2 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 3 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 4 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 5 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 6 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 7 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 8 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
| 9 | | Trustees of Chicago State University shall not |
| 10 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 11 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 12 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 13 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Chicago State |
| 14 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
| 15 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
| 16 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 17 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 18 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 19 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 20 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
| 21 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
| 22 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 23 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 24 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 25 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 26 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 283 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 2 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 3 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 4 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 5 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 6 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 7 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 8 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 9 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 10 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 11 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 12 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 13 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 14 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 15 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 16 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 17 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 18 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 19 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 20 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 21 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 22 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 23 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 24 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 25 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 26 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 284 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 2 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 3 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 4 | | Internet website. |
| 5 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 6 | | Section 40. The Eastern Illinois University Law is amended |
| 7 | | by changing Section 10-85 as follows: |
| 8 | | (110 ILCS 665/10-85) |
| 9 | | Sec. 10-85. Admissions. |
| 10 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 11 | | of the departments or colleges of the Eastern Illinois |
| 12 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
| 13 | | completed: |
| 14 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 15 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 16 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 17 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 18 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 19 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 20 | | and government); |
| 21 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 22 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 23 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 24 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 285 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 2 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 3 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 4 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 5 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 6 | | (2) except that Eastern Illinois University may admit |
| 7 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 8 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 9 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 10 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 11 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 12 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 13 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 14 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
| 15 | | Trustees of Eastern Illinois University shall not |
| 16 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 17 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 18 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 19 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Eastern Illinois |
| 20 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
| 21 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
| 22 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 23 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 24 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 25 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 26 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 286 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
| 2 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 3 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 4 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 5 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 6 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 7 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 8 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 9 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 10 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 11 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 12 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 13 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 14 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 15 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 16 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 17 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 18 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 19 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 20 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 21 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 22 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 23 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 24 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 25 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 26 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 287 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 2 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 3 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 4 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 5 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 6 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 7 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 8 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 9 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 10 | | Internet website. |
| 11 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 12 | | Section 45. The Governors State University Law is amended |
| 13 | | by changing Section 15-85 as follows: |
| 14 | | (110 ILCS 670/15-85) |
| 15 | | Sec. 15-85. Admissions. |
| 16 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 17 | | of the departments or colleges of the Governors State |
| 18 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
| 19 | | completed: |
| 20 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 21 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 22 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 23 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 24 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 288 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 2 | | and government); |
| 3 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 4 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 5 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 6 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 7 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 8 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 9 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 10 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 11 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 12 | | (2) except that Governors State University may admit |
| 13 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 14 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 15 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 16 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 17 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 18 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 19 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 20 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
| 21 | | Trustees of Governors State University shall not |
| 22 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 23 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 24 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 25 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Governors State |
| 26 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 289 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
| 2 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 3 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 4 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 5 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 6 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
| 7 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
| 8 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 9 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 10 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 11 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 12 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 13 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 14 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 15 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 16 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 17 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 18 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 19 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 20 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 21 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 22 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 23 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 24 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 25 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 26 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 290 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 2 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 3 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 4 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 5 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 6 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 7 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 8 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 9 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 10 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 11 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 12 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 13 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 14 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 15 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 16 | | Internet website. |
| 17 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 18 | | Section 50. The Illinois State University Law is amended |
| 19 | | by changing Section 20-85 as follows: |
| 20 | | (110 ILCS 675/20-85) |
| 21 | | Sec. 20-85. Admissions. |
| 22 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 23 | | of the departments or colleges of the Illinois State |
| 24 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 291 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | completed: |
| 2 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 3 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 4 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 5 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 6 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 7 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 8 | | and government); |
| 9 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 10 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 11 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 12 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 13 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 14 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 15 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 16 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 17 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 18 | | (2) except that Illinois State University may admit |
| 19 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 20 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 21 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 22 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 23 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 24 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 25 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 26 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 292 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | Trustees of Illinois State University shall not |
| 2 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 3 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 4 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 5 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Illinois State |
| 6 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
| 7 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
| 8 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 9 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 10 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 11 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 12 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
| 13 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
| 14 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 15 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 16 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 17 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 18 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 19 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 20 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 21 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 22 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 23 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 24 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 25 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 26 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 293 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 2 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 3 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 4 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 5 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 6 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 7 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 8 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 9 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 10 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 11 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 12 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 13 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 14 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 15 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 16 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 17 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 18 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 19 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 20 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 21 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 22 | | Internet website. |
| 23 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 24 | | Section 55. The Northeastern Illinois University Law is |
| 25 | | amended by changing Section 25-85 as follows: |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 294 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (110 ILCS 680/25-85) |
| 2 | | Sec. 25-85. Admissions. |
| 3 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 4 | | of the departments or colleges of the Northeastern Illinois |
| 5 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
| 6 | | completed: |
| 7 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 8 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 9 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 10 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 11 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 12 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 13 | | and government); |
| 14 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 15 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 16 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 17 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 18 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 19 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 20 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 21 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 22 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 23 | | (2) except that Northeastern Illinois University may |
| 24 | | admit individual applicants if it determines through |
| 25 | | assessment or through evaluation based on learning |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 295 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | outcomes of the coursework taken, including career and |
| 2 | | technical education courses and courses taken in a charter |
| 3 | | school established under Article 27A of the School Code, |
| 4 | | that the applicant demonstrates knowledge and skills |
| 5 | | substantially equivalent to the knowledge and skills |
| 6 | | expected to be acquired in the high school courses |
| 7 | | required for admission. The Board of Trustees of |
| 8 | | Northeastern Illinois University shall not discriminate in |
| 9 | | the University's admissions process against an applicant |
| 10 | | for admission because of the applicant's enrollment in a |
| 11 | | charter school established under Article 27A of the School |
| 12 | | Code. Northeastern Illinois University may also admit (i) |
| 13 | | applicants who did not have an opportunity to complete the |
| 14 | | minimum college preparatory curriculum in high school, and |
| 15 | | (ii) educationally disadvantaged applicants who are |
| 16 | | admitted to the formal organized special assistance |
| 17 | | programs that are tailored to the needs of such students, |
| 18 | | providing that in either case, the institution |
| 19 | | incorporates in the applicant's baccalaureate curriculum |
| 20 | | courses or other academic activities that compensate for |
| 21 | | course deficiencies; and |
| 22 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 23 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 24 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 25 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 26 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 296 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 2 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 3 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 4 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 5 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 6 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 7 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 8 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 9 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 10 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 11 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 12 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 13 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 14 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 15 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 16 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 17 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 18 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 19 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 20 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 21 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 22 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 23 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 24 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 25 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 26 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 297 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 2 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 3 | | Internet website. |
| 4 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 5 | | Section 60. The Northern Illinois University Law is |
| 6 | | amended by changing Section 30-85 as follows: |
| 7 | | (110 ILCS 685/30-85) |
| 8 | | Sec. 30-85. Admissions. |
| 9 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 10 | | of the departments or colleges of the Northern Illinois |
| 11 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
| 12 | | completed: |
| 13 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 14 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 15 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 16 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 17 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 18 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
| 19 | | and government); |
| 20 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 21 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 22 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 23 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 24 | | agricultural sciences); and |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 298 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 2 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 3 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 4 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 5 | | (2) except that Northern Illinois University may admit |
| 6 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 7 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 8 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 9 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 10 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 11 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 12 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 13 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
| 14 | | Trustees of Northern Illinois University shall not |
| 15 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 16 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 17 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 18 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Northern Illinois |
| 19 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
| 20 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
| 21 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 22 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 23 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 24 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 25 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
| 26 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 299 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 2 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 3 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 4 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 5 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 6 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 7 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 8 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 9 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 10 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 11 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 12 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 13 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 14 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 15 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 16 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 17 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 18 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 19 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 20 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
| 21 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 22 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 23 | | (e) Beginning with the 2025-2026 academic year, the |
| 24 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 25 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 26 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 300 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 2 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 3 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 4 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 5 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 6 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 7 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 8 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 9 | | Internet website. |
| 10 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 11 | | Section 65. The Western Illinois University Law is amended |
| 12 | | by changing Section 35-85 as follows: |
| 13 | | (110 ILCS 690/35-85) |
| 14 | | Sec. 35-85. Admissions. |
| 15 | | (a) No new student shall be admitted to instruction in any |
| 16 | | of the departments or colleges of the Western Illinois |
| 17 | | University unless such student also has satisfactorily |
| 18 | | completed: |
| 19 | | (1) at least 15 units of high school coursework from |
| 20 | | the following 5 categories: |
| 21 | | (A) 4 years of English (emphasizing written and |
| 22 | | oral communications and literature), of which up to 2 |
| 23 | | years may be collegiate level instruction; |
| 24 | | (B) 3 years of social studies (emphasizing history |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 301 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | and government); |
| 2 | | (C) 3 years of mathematics (introductory through |
| 3 | | advanced algebra, geometry, trigonometry, or |
| 4 | | fundamentals of computer programming); |
| 5 | | (D) 3 years of science (laboratory sciences or |
| 6 | | agricultural sciences); and |
| 7 | | (E) 2 years of electives in world foreign language |
| 8 | | (which may be deemed to include American Sign |
| 9 | | Language), music, career and technical education, |
| 10 | | agricultural education, or art; |
| 11 | | (2) except that Western Illinois University may admit |
| 12 | | individual applicants if it determines through assessment |
| 13 | | or through evaluation based on learning outcomes of the |
| 14 | | coursework taken, including career and technical education |
| 15 | | courses and courses taken in a charter school established |
| 16 | | under Article 27A of the School Code, that the applicant |
| 17 | | demonstrates knowledge and skills substantially equivalent |
| 18 | | to the knowledge and skills expected to be acquired in the |
| 19 | | high school courses required for admission. The Board of |
| 20 | | Trustees of Western Illinois University shall not |
| 21 | | discriminate in the University's admissions process |
| 22 | | against an applicant for admission because of the |
| 23 | | applicant's enrollment in a charter school established |
| 24 | | under Article 27A of the School Code. Western Illinois |
| 25 | | University may also admit (i) applicants who did not have |
| 26 | | an opportunity to complete the minimum college preparatory |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 302 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | curriculum in high school, and (ii) educationally |
| 2 | | disadvantaged applicants who are admitted to the formal |
| 3 | | organized special assistance programs that are tailored to |
| 4 | | the needs of such students, providing that in either case, |
| 5 | | the institution incorporates in the applicant's |
| 6 | | baccalaureate curriculum courses or other academic |
| 7 | | activities that compensate for course deficiencies; and |
| 8 | | (3) except that up to 3 of 15 units of coursework |
| 9 | | required by paragraph (1) of this subsection may be |
| 10 | | distributed by deducting no more than one unit each from |
| 11 | | the categories of social studies, mathematics, sciences |
| 12 | | and electives and completing those 3 units in any of the 5 |
| 13 | | categories of coursework described in paragraph (1). |
| 14 | | (b) When allocating funds, local boards of education shall |
| 15 | | recognize their obligation to their students to offer the |
| 16 | | coursework required by subsection (a). |
| 17 | | (c) A student who has graduated from high school and has |
| 18 | | scored within the University's accepted range on the ACT or |
| 19 | | SAT shall not be required to take a high school equivalency |
| 20 | | test as a prerequisite to admission. |
| 21 | | (d) The Board shall establish an admissions process in |
| 22 | | which honorably discharged veterans are permitted to submit an |
| 23 | | application for admission to the University as a freshman |
| 24 | | student enrolling in the spring semester if the veteran was on |
| 25 | | active duty during the fall semester. The University may |
| 26 | | request that the Department of Veterans Affairs confirm the |
|
| | HB5552 Engrossed | - 303 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
|
| 1 | | status of an applicant as an honorably discharged veteran who |
| 2 | | was on active duty during the fall semester. |
| 3 | | (e) Beginning with the 20245-2026 academic year, the |
| 4 | | University shall provide all Illinois students transferring |
| 5 | | from a public community college in this State with the |
| 6 | | University's undergraduate transfer admissions application fee |
| 7 | | waiver policy and, if such a policy exists, any application or |
| 8 | | forms necessary to apply for a fee waiver as part of the |
| 9 | | University's transfer admissions process. The University is |
| 10 | | encouraged to develop a policy to automatically waive the |
| 11 | | undergraduate transfer admissions application fee for |
| 12 | | low-income Illinois students transferring from a public |
| 13 | | community college in this State. The University shall post |
| 14 | | this policy in an easily accessible place on the University's |
| 15 | | Internet website. |
| 16 | | (Source: P.A. 103-936, eff. 8-9-24; 104-234, eff. 8-15-25.) |
| 17 | | Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon |
| 18 | | becoming law. |
| | | HB5552 Engrossed | - 304 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
| | 1 | |
INDEX
| | 2 | |
Statutes amended in order of appearance
| | | 3 | | 30 ILCS 105/5.375 | | | | 4 | | 105 ILCS 5/1A-10 | | | | 5 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.11c | | | | 6 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.25g | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25g | | | 7 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.39 | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.39 | | | 8 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.44 | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.44 | | | 9 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.45 | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.45 | | | 10 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.65a | | | | 11 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.159 | | | | 12 | | 105 ILCS 5/3-7 | from Ch. 122, par. 3-7 | | | 13 | | 105 ILCS 5/3-15.12 | from Ch. 122, par. 3-15.12 | | | 14 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-17 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-17 | | | 15 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-17a | | | | 16 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-20.44 | | | | 17 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-20.52 | | | | 18 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.43 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43 | | | 19 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.43a | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.43a | | | 20 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-7.02 | from Ch. 122, par. 14-7.02 | | | 21 | | 105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 | | | | 22 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-10 | | | | 23 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-15 | | | | 24 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-20 | | | | 25 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-30 | | |
| | | HB5552 Engrossed | - 305 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
| | 1 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-32 | | | | 2 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-35 | | | | 3 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-40 | | | | 4 | | 105 ILCS 5/22-30 | | | | 5 | | 105 ILCS 5/24A-20 | | | | 6 | | 105 ILCS 5/26A-20 | | | | 7 | | 105 ILCS 5/26A-25 | | | | 8 | | 105 ILCS 5/26A-35 | | | | 9 | | 105 ILCS 5/27-225 | was 105 ILCS 110/5 | | | 10 | | 105 ILCS 5/27-605 | was 105 ILCS 5/27-22 | | | 11 | | 105 ILCS 5/27-1070 | was 105 ILCS 5/27-23.16 | | | 12 | | 105 ILCS 5/27A-6 | | | | 13 | | 105 ILCS 5/27A-9 | | | | 14 | | 105 ILCS 5/30-15.25 | from Ch. 122, par. 30-15.25 | | | 15 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-1.01 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.01 | | | 16 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-18 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-18 | | | 17 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-18.44 | | | | 18 | | 105 ILCS 60/Act rep. | | | | 19 | | 110 ILCS 148/80 | | | | 20 | | 110 ILCS 305/8 | from Ch. 144, par. 29 | | | 21 | | 110 ILCS 520/8e | from Ch. 144, par. 658e | | | 22 | | 110 ILCS 660/5-85 | | | | 23 | | 110 ILCS 665/10-85 | | | | 24 | | 110 ILCS 670/15-85 | | | | 25 | | 110 ILCS 675/20-85 | | | | 26 | | 110 ILCS 680/25-85 | | |
| | | HB5552 Engrossed | - 306 - | LRB104 20645 LNS 34142 b |
|
| | 1 | | 110 ILCS 685/30-85 | | | | 2 | | 110 ILCS 690/35-85 | |
|
|